<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<!-- generator="ThemeXpert" -->
<?xml-stylesheet href="https://www.themexpert.com/media/quixnxt/css/quix-core.css?ver=4.5.4" type="text/css"?>
<feed xmlns="https://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"  xml:lang="en-gb">
	<title type="text">WordPress &amp; Joomla Documentation - ThemeXpert</title>
	<subtitle type="text">ThemeXpert: Joomla's oldest and most trusted template and extension club since 2010 with the best page builder, Quix.</subtitle>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.themexpert.com"/>
	<id>https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes</id>
	<updated>2024-08-09T15:08:15+06:00</updated>
	<author>
		<name>ThemeXpert</name>
		<email>support@themexpert.com</email>
	</author>
	<generator>ThemeXpert</generator>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes?format=feed&amp;type=atom"/>
	<entry>
		<title>HostZine</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/hostzine"/>
		<published>2018-03-28T11:16:21+06:00</published>
		<updated>2018-03-28T11:16:21+06:00</updated>
		<id>https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/hostzine</id>
		<author>
			<name>Parvez Akther</name>
			<email>parvez@themexpert.com</email>
		</author>
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/hoooo.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Hostzine&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Meaningful Trendy Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Optimized&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic Navigation Menu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Collapsing Transaction&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Domain Searching Module&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WHMCS Supported&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Animation Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Pagebuilder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;weForms&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;One Click Demo Import&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;MailChimp&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Instagram Widget&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run HostZine smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to HostZine &lt;a href=&quot;https://themeforest.net/item/#&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; page on &lt;strong&gt;www.themeforest.net&lt;/strong&gt; then download the &lt;strong&gt;hostzinepackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file. In this &lt;strong&gt;.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file, you have everything you need.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot; title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install HostZine theme on your server. It's quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply HostZine theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;hostzine.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of HostZine theme. So, before getting started with the installation process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire hostzine.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the hostzine.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are four plugins, required for HostZine theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;HostZine Core : Theme core functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor : Drag and Drop Page builder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework: Used to build its backend admin panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2 : For building meta boxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WHMCS Bridge : For Purchasing a Web Hosting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;One Click Demo Import : One Click Demo data importer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;weForms : For Creating Contact Form (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Widget Importer &amp;amp; Exporter (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Instagram Slider Widget : Showcasing Instagram Images (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;MailChimp for WordPress : Email Automation Tool (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all those ten required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here:  &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot; title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatic plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot; title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;code&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt; button. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/01.png&quot; alt=&quot;Demo Data&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It will take some times to load all demo data on your server. Wait till it shows you a successful data importing message.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;WHMCS Integration Settings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/whmcs.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Global Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can easily integrate HostZine with WHMCS, just go to &lt;code&gt;settings &amp;gt; WHMCS Bridge&lt;/code&gt;. Place your &lt;strong&gt;WHMCS System URL&lt;/strong&gt; and you are ready to go. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Settings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can differently customize theme according to your need using Easy Customization feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;HostZine&lt;/strong&gt; at left-bottom corner of the module screen to open up &lt;em&gt;Theme Setting&lt;/em&gt; panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Global Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/global1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Global Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Breadcrumb&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you the control over enabling or disabling &lt;em&gt;breadcrumb&lt;/em&gt; for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your preferred category page header background image at here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your preferred search page header background image at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload media for your 404 page at here.  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header Options&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/header11.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Header Options&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your branding logo using the &lt;strong&gt;Upload&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Header Top&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle on or off to show or hide header top. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Top Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the message you want to show in header top position.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Email&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the email address the customers are allowed to contact through.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Support URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the link of your support page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Login URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the Link of your login page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Phone&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the phone no the customers are allowed to contact through.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Color&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/custom1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Background Image&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to on or off custom color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select primary color from here and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Top Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose Background Color for header top and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Top Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose color for your header top text and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Top Text Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred color for header top text link and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Select color for your menu background from here and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose color for text, which is place over menu and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Hover/Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose menu Hover color and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Footer Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to turn on or off the custom footer color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color for the text you want to insert on your footer and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Widget Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred color for the widget title and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the background color of footer from here and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Copyright Color&lt;/strong&gt; : From this option turn on or off the custom copyright color. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick your preferred color for the text of copyright section and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your desired color for link hover form here and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background color for the copyright from here and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Fonts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/customf1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Custom Fonts Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable custom fonts options.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for body.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Heading Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Blog&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/blog1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Background Image&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show/Hide Related Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you enabling or disabling related post option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show/Hide Blog Details Page Social Share&lt;/strong&gt; : This option enables you to show or hide blog details page social share. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sidebar&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/sidebar1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;List SIdebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing list sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Detail Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;Details SIdebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing details sidebar, unlikely the List Sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Social&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/social.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Social Profile&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to turn on or off the social profile. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Profile&lt;/strong&gt; : Provide your social link for specific social networks at below boxes. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Facebook&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your facebook profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Twitter&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Twitter profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Google Plus&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Google Plus profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;LinkedIn&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your LinkedIn profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Instagram&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Instagram profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Youtube&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Youtube profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/footer11.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Footer&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Columns&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns to show the footer content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Credit?&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide credit on the footer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Footer Button&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable footer button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the copyright text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bottom Left Banner&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload the bottom left banner.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bottom Right Banner&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload the bottom right banner.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import / Export&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/import1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Import / Export&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to import your custom theme settings if you have preserved any.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Download Data File&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to download the theme options as a &lt;strong&gt;.json&lt;/strong&gt; file for further use in any other wp-themes. You just have to import that .json file using the &lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; button then.
&lt;h2&gt;Mega Menu Configuration&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mega Menu configuration is pretty much easy with hostzine. If you want to set the megamenu as demo then, after installing the theme go to Appearance &amp;gt; Menus.
On Feature menu set the settings as the picture below and do not forget to put the exact class name “max-menu-clm6”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/mm.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Mega Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To set Hosting ment as the demo menu set the setting as the picture below and do not forget to put the exact class name “max-menu-clm”.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/mm1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Mega Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you want you can do it all by yourself. Just customize the settings by yourself.
To get the deafault style of mega menu, copy this code to a .json file and import it in &lt;strong&gt;Max megamenu&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{&quot;title&quot;:&quot;Default&quot;,&quot;container_background_from&quot;:&quot;rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)&quot;,&quot;container_background_to&quot;:&quot;rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)&quot;,&quot;menu_item_align&quot;:&quot;right&quot;,&quot;menu_item_background_hover_from&quot;:&quot;rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)&quot;,&quot;menu_item_background_hover_to&quot;:&quot;rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)&quot;,&quot;menu_item_link_height&quot;:&quot;75px&quot;,&quot;menu_item_link_color&quot;:&quot;rgb(138, 136, 136)&quot;,&quot;menu_item_link_weight&quot;:&quot;bold&quot;,&quot;menu_item_link_text_transform&quot;:&quot;uppercase&quot;,&quot;menu_item_link_color_hover&quot;:&quot;rgb(44, 102, 251)&quot;,&quot;menu_item_link_weight_hover&quot;:&quot;bold&quot;,&quot;panel_background_from&quot;:&quot;rgb(255, 255, 255)&quot;,&quot;panel_background_to&quot;:&quot;rgb(255, 255, 255)&quot;,&quot;panel_border_color&quot;:&quot;rgb(221, 221, 221)&quot;,&quot;panel_border_top&quot;:&quot;1px&quot;,&quot;panel_header_border_color&quot;:&quot;#555&quot;,&quot;panel_font_size&quot;:&quot;14px&quot;,&quot;panel_font_color&quot;:&quot;#666&quot;,&quot;panel_font_family&quot;:&quot;inherit&quot;,&quot;panel_second_level_font_color&quot;:&quot;#555&quot;,&quot;panel_second_level_font_color_hover&quot;:&quot;#555&quot;,&quot;panel_second_level_text_transform&quot;:&quot;uppercase&quot;,&quot;panel_second_level_font&quot;:&quot;inherit&quot;,&quot;panel_second_level_font_size&quot;:&quot;16px&quot;,&quot;panel_second_level_font_weight&quot;:&quot;bold&quot;,&quot;panel_second_level_font_weight_hover&quot;:&quot;bold&quot;,&quot;panel_second_level_text_decoration&quot;:&quot;none&quot;,&quot;panel_second_level_text_decoration_hover&quot;:&quot;none&quot;,&quot;panel_second_level_border_color&quot;:&quot;#555&quot;,&quot;panel_third_level_font_color&quot;:&quot;#666&quot;,&quot;panel_third_level_font_color_hover&quot;:&quot;#666&quot;,&quot;panel_third_level_font&quot;:&quot;inherit&quot;,&quot;panel_third_level_font_size&quot;:&quot;14px&quot;,&quot;flyout_width&quot;:&quot;200px&quot;,&quot;flyout_menu_background_from&quot;:&quot;rgb(255, 255, 255)&quot;,&quot;flyout_menu_background_to&quot;:&quot;rgb(255, 255, 255)&quot;,&quot;flyout_border_color&quot;:&quot;rgb(221, 221, 221)&quot;,&quot;flyout_border_bottom&quot;:&quot;1px&quot;,&quot;flyout_menu_item_divider&quot;:&quot;on&quot;,&quot;flyout_menu_item_divider_color&quot;:&quot;rgb(247, 247, 247)&quot;,&quot;flyout_link_padding_left&quot;:&quot;15px&quot;,&quot;flyout_link_padding_top&quot;:&quot;3px&quot;,&quot;flyout_link_padding_bottom&quot;:&quot;3px&quot;,&quot;flyout_background_from&quot;:&quot;rgb(255, 255, 255)&quot;,&quot;flyout_background_to&quot;:&quot;rgb(255, 255, 255)&quot;,&quot;flyout_background_hover_from&quot;:&quot;rgb(255, 255, 255)&quot;,&quot;flyout_background_hover_to&quot;:&quot;rgb(255, 255, 255)&quot;,&quot;flyout_link_size&quot;:&quot;14px&quot;,&quot;flyout_link_color&quot;:&quot;#666&quot;,&quot;flyout_link_color_hover&quot;:&quot;rgb(44, 102, 251)&quot;,&quot;flyout_link_family&quot;:&quot;inherit&quot;,&quot;mobile_columns&quot;:&quot;2&quot;,&quot;toggle_background_from&quot;:&quot;#222&quot;,&quot;toggle_background_to&quot;:&quot;#222&quot;,&quot;mobile_background_from&quot;:&quot;#222&quot;,&quot;mobile_background_to&quot;:&quot;#222&quot;,&quot;mobile_menu_item_link_font_size&quot;:&quot;14px&quot;,&quot;mobile_menu_item_link_color&quot;:&quot;#ffffff&quot;,&quot;mobile_menu_item_link_text_align&quot;:&quot;left&quot;,&quot;mobile_menu_item_link_color_hover&quot;:&quot;rgb(44, 102, 251)&quot;,&quot;mobile_menu_item_background_hover_from&quot;:&quot;rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)&quot;,&quot;mobile_menu_item_background_hover_to&quot;:&quot;rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)&quot;,&quot;custom_css&quot;:&quot;\/** Push menu onto new line **\/ \r\n#{$wrap} { \r\n    clear: both; \r\n}\r\n\r\n\/* Apply Hover Styling to active Mega Menu - Second Level Links *\/\r\n#{$wrap} #{$menu} &amp;amp;gt; li.mega-menu-megamenu &amp;amp;gt; ul.mega-sub-menu &amp;amp;gt; li.mega-menu-item.mega-current-menu-item &amp;amp;gt; a.mega-menu-link,\r\n#{$wrap} #{$menu} &amp;amp;gt; li.mega-menu-megamenu &amp;amp;gt; ul.mega-sub-menu li.mega-menu-column &amp;amp;gt; ul.mega-sub-menu &amp;amp;gt; li.mega-menu-item.mega-current-menu-item &amp;amp;gt; a.mega-menu-link {\r\n    color: $panel_second_level_font_color_hover;\r\n    font-weight: $panel_second_level_font_weight_hover;\r\n    text-decoration: $panel_second_level_text_decoration_hover;\r\n    @include background($panel_second_level_background_hover_from, $panel_second_level_background_hover_to);\r\n}\r\n\r\n\/* Apply Hover Styling to active Mega Menu - Third Level Links *\/\r\n#{$wrap} #{$menu} &amp;amp;gt; li.mega-menu-megamenu &amp;amp;gt; ul.mega-sub-menu &amp;amp;gt; li.mega-menu-item li.mega-menu-item.mega-current-menu-item &amp;amp;gt; a.mega-menu-link,\r\n#{$wrap} #{$menu} &amp;amp;gt; li.mega-menu-megamenu &amp;amp;gt; ul.mega-sub-menu li.mega-menu-column &amp;amp;gt; ul.mega-sub-menu &amp;amp;gt; li.mega-menu-item li.mega-menu-item.mega-current-menu-item &amp;amp;gt; a.mega-menu-link {\r\n    color: $panel_third_level_font_color_hover;\r\n    font-weight: $panel_third_level_font_weight_hover;\r\n    text-decoration: $panel_third_level_text_decoration_hover;\r\n    @include background($panel_third_level_background_hover_from, $panel_third_level_background_hover_to);\r\n}\r\n\r\n\/* Apply Hover Styling to active Flyout Links and ancestors *\/\r\n#{$wrap} #{$menu} li.mega-menu-flyout ul.mega-sub-menu li.mega-menu-item.mega-current-menu-item &amp;amp;gt; a.mega-menu-link,\r\n#{$wrap} #{$menu} li.mega-menu-flyout ul.mega-sub-menu li.mega-menu-item.mega-current-menu-ancestor &amp;amp;gt; a.mega-menu-link {\r\n    @include background($flyout_background_hover_from, $flyout_background_hover_to);\r\n    font-weight: $flyout_link_weight_hover;\r\n    text-decoration: $flyout_link_text_decoration_hover;\r\n    color: $flyout_link_color_hover;\r\n}&quot;}
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Mega Menu Setting&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;General Settings&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/mms1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Mega Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From here set the click event behaviour, mobile menu behaviour, css output, menu item descriptions, unbind JS events, prefix menu item classes and change setting for active menu instances.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Menu Themes&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/mms2.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Mega Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In this option you got general settings, menu bar, mega menus, flyout menus, mobile menu and custom styling.
From general setting tab you can set theme title, arrow style, Z index, shadow, hover transitions, reset widget styling.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From Menu bar you can set menu height, menu background, menu padding, menu border radius, menu items align, menu item background, menu item background(hover), menu item spacing, font, font(hover), menu item padding, menu item border, menu item border(hover), menu item border radius, menu item divider and highlight current item. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From Mega menus tab you can set the margin , padding, radius and typography for the mega menu. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From Mobile menu tab set the options for mobile menu. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Your homepage displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose your preferred home variation from the &lt;em&gt;Homepage&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.(optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/rrr.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance :&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Home 1&lt;/strong&gt;:
&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/home11.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Home 2&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/home22.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Home 3&lt;/strong&gt;:
&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/home33.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Home 4&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/home44.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Home 5&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/home55.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Elements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can simply add an element on a page. All you need to do, just drag the element you want to add and drop it in a page then customize its setting as your preferences. You will have plenty of default elements to add or you can add our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;HostZine&lt;/em&gt; theme from the &lt;strong&gt;HOSTZINE ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; tab on the elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/allelements.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Elements&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor is the one of the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;:
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3B5HL11uhVE&quot; title=&quot;Getting Started with Elementor&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 1&lt;/strong&gt; :
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=joWTUN77hnA&quot;&gt;Learn How to Build Your Page Layout on Elementor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 2&lt;/strong&gt; :
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HkD_Lx-DGn4&quot;&gt;Style Options for Sections and Columns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 3&lt;/strong&gt; :
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gkTfyjG38g&quot;&gt;Padding, Margin, Responsive and Other Settings in the Advanced Tab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/&quot;&gt;https://docs.elementor.com/&lt;/a&gt; you can find see the complete documentation of elementor page builder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;IMPORTANT&lt;/strong&gt;: You have to disable &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Colors&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Fonts&lt;/strong&gt; options from &lt;code&gt;Elementor&amp;gt; General&lt;/code&gt; in order get your custom styles worked on any elements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our theme specific elements can be found in &lt;strong&gt;HostZine&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/slider.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;HOSTZINE ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/slidercontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;strong&gt;Slides&lt;/strong&gt;, you have this options&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ADD ITEM&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create new slider items. Having created an item, just by a single mouse click- there are a couple of options will appear below this.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Inside slider options, on Background tab you have this option&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background image for your slider at here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On Content tab you have these options&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt; : Define Image, Description and Title for your slider. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;strong&gt;Global Options&lt;/strong&gt; you have this functions&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the slider height.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Caption Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define position for the caption.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose content alignment from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Interval&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the time for slider interval. [Time is calculated in milliseconds.]&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Overlay&lt;/strong&gt; : Define background overlay from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Repeat&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the repeat option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the size of your background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background position. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Attachment&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background attachment type. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;strong&gt;Nav Options&lt;/strong&gt; you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable nav.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Arrow Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable arrows.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav &amp;amp; Arrow Icon Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define Icon color for Nav &amp;amp; Arrow.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav &amp;amp; Arrow Bg Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define background color for Nav &amp;amp; Arrow.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/sliderstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have these options:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred title color from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set custom typography from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Span Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred span color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Span Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set custom span typography from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : You can set custom padding from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have these options:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose color of your content. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set custom typography for your slider contents from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Manage letter spacing between contents from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Description Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Set custom padding on the description from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt; option you have these options. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set typography for button from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set background color for your button from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Set border type from this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Set Border Width.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set Border Color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Set Border Radius.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : Access different box shadow options from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Give custom padding to box from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;strong&gt;Front Image&lt;/strong&gt; you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Front Image Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Set image position.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Make your image bigger or smaller according to your need. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/slideradvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom CSS code at here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Latest Post&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/latestpost.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Latest Blog Post&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Latest Post&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Latest Post&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;HOSTZINE ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/latestcontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Latest Blog Post&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many item you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show the items into.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Excerpt Word** : Define the number of word to show on each Box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Meta&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for meta text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for description text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/lateststyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Latest Blog Post&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Meta Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for meta text. (posting date, views)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for button. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt; : Set typography, background color, border type, radius, box shadow and padding from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/latestadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Latest Blog Post&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom CSS code at here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Testimonial&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/testimoniall.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;HOSTZINE ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/testimonialcontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred testimonial style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Set Title, Designation, Image and description of testimonial from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/testimonialstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;
Under &lt;strong&gt;Layout&lt;/strong&gt; you have these options&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Center Bg/Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the hover color. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Autoplay Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable autoplay. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : Set box shadow properties from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt; you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set custom typography for your content from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color for your testimonial. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;strong&gt;Name/Designation&lt;/strong&gt; you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Name Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the text color for name in testimonial. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Name Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set custom typography for name text on testimonial.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color for designation text. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set typography for your designation text on testimonial. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border/Quite Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set Border color. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Set image border radius from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/testimonialadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom CSS code at here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;HostZine Tab&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/hostzinetab.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;HostZine Tab&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;HostZine Tab&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;HOSTZINE ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/tabcontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Click on this button to add new item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose style for you tab. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define content height.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of padding you want for the content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Select tab image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define title for your tab. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the Content Title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Area&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the content text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bottom Enable&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable button at the bottom of the content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of padding at the bottom.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Margin&lt;/strong&gt; :  Define the amount of margin at the bottom.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/tabstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred typography for button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred typography for title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Text&lt;/strong&gt; :  Choose color for text content. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose color for content background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Make your preferred typography for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/tabadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom CSS code at here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Pricing Table&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/pricingtable.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Pricing Table&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Pricing Table&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Pricing Table&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;HOSTZINE ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/pricingcontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Define you want the pricing table as single table or multiple.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pricing Table Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick your preferred color for the pricing table.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Currency Symbol&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the currency symbol.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the price amount.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Period&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the time period.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload and select image for setting at of the pricing table.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pricing Plan&lt;/strong&gt; : Define your pricing plan.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Area&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text of your pricing plan.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bottom Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/pricingadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom CSS code at here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Domain Search&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/domainsearch.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;TX Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Domain Search&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Domain Search&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;HOSTZINE ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/domaincontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;TX Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Action Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your link for redirection to result site. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Define text for your button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Placeholder&lt;/strong&gt; : Put text for your placeholder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/domainstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;TX Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define height.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define text color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define text hover color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Submit Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define background color for domain search.  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Submit Background Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select background hover color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Submit Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set Border color from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Submit Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set typography from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Placeholder Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the color of placeholder from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Input Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the color of input text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Input Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define color of input border.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Input Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define input background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/domainadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;TX Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom CSS code at here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/hoooo.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Hostzine&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Meaningful Trendy Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Optimized&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic Navigation Menu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Collapsing Transaction&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Domain Searching Module&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WHMCS Supported&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Animation Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Pagebuilder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;weForms&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;One Click Demo Import&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;MailChimp&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Instagram Widget&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run HostZine smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to HostZine &lt;a href=&quot;https://themeforest.net/item/#&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; page on &lt;strong&gt;www.themeforest.net&lt;/strong&gt; then download the &lt;strong&gt;hostzinepackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file. In this &lt;strong&gt;.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file, you have everything you need.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot; title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install HostZine theme on your server. It's quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply HostZine theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;hostzine.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of HostZine theme. So, before getting started with the installation process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire hostzine.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the hostzine.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are four plugins, required for HostZine theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;HostZine Core : Theme core functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor : Drag and Drop Page builder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework: Used to build its backend admin panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2 : For building meta boxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WHMCS Bridge : For Purchasing a Web Hosting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;One Click Demo Import : One Click Demo data importer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;weForms : For Creating Contact Form (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Widget Importer &amp;amp; Exporter (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Instagram Slider Widget : Showcasing Instagram Images (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;MailChimp for WordPress : Email Automation Tool (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all those ten required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here:  &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot; title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatic plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot; title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;code&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt; button. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/01.png&quot; alt=&quot;Demo Data&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It will take some times to load all demo data on your server. Wait till it shows you a successful data importing message.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;WHMCS Integration Settings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/whmcs.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Global Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can easily integrate HostZine with WHMCS, just go to &lt;code&gt;settings &amp;gt; WHMCS Bridge&lt;/code&gt;. Place your &lt;strong&gt;WHMCS System URL&lt;/strong&gt; and you are ready to go. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Settings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can differently customize theme according to your need using Easy Customization feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;HostZine&lt;/strong&gt; at left-bottom corner of the module screen to open up &lt;em&gt;Theme Setting&lt;/em&gt; panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Global Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/global1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Global Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Breadcrumb&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you the control over enabling or disabling &lt;em&gt;breadcrumb&lt;/em&gt; for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your preferred category page header background image at here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your preferred search page header background image at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload media for your 404 page at here.  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header Options&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/header11.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Header Options&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your branding logo using the &lt;strong&gt;Upload&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Header Top&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle on or off to show or hide header top. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Top Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the message you want to show in header top position.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Email&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the email address the customers are allowed to contact through.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Support URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the link of your support page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Login URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the Link of your login page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Phone&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the phone no the customers are allowed to contact through.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Color&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/custom1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Background Image&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to on or off custom color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select primary color from here and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Top Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose Background Color for header top and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Top Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose color for your header top text and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Top Text Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred color for header top text link and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Select color for your menu background from here and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose color for text, which is place over menu and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Hover/Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose menu Hover color and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Footer Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to turn on or off the custom footer color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color for the text you want to insert on your footer and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Widget Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred color for the widget title and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the background color of footer from here and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Copyright Color&lt;/strong&gt; : From this option turn on or off the custom copyright color. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick your preferred color for the text of copyright section and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your desired color for link hover form here and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background color for the copyright from here and to make it transparent, tick on Transparent box. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Fonts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/customf1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Custom Fonts Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable custom fonts options.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for body.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Heading Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Blog&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/blog1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Background Image&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show/Hide Related Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you enabling or disabling related post option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show/Hide Blog Details Page Social Share&lt;/strong&gt; : This option enables you to show or hide blog details page social share. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sidebar&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/sidebar1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;List SIdebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing list sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Detail Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;Details SIdebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing details sidebar, unlikely the List Sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Social&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/social.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Social Profile&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to turn on or off the social profile. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Profile&lt;/strong&gt; : Provide your social link for specific social networks at below boxes. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Facebook&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your facebook profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Twitter&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Twitter profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Google Plus&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Google Plus profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;LinkedIn&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your LinkedIn profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Instagram&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Instagram profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Youtube&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Youtube profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/footer11.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Footer&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Columns&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns to show the footer content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Credit?&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide credit on the footer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Footer Button&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable footer button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the copyright text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bottom Left Banner&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload the bottom left banner.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bottom Right Banner&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload the bottom right banner.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import / Export&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/import1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Import / Export&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to import your custom theme settings if you have preserved any.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Download Data File&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to download the theme options as a &lt;strong&gt;.json&lt;/strong&gt; file for further use in any other wp-themes. You just have to import that .json file using the &lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; button then.
&lt;h2&gt;Mega Menu Configuration&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mega Menu configuration is pretty much easy with hostzine. If you want to set the megamenu as demo then, after installing the theme go to Appearance &amp;gt; Menus.
On Feature menu set the settings as the picture below and do not forget to put the exact class name “max-menu-clm6”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/mm.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Mega Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To set Hosting ment as the demo menu set the setting as the picture below and do not forget to put the exact class name “max-menu-clm”.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/mm1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Mega Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you want you can do it all by yourself. Just customize the settings by yourself.
To get the deafault style of mega menu, copy this code to a .json file and import it in &lt;strong&gt;Max megamenu&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{&quot;title&quot;:&quot;Default&quot;,&quot;container_background_from&quot;:&quot;rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)&quot;,&quot;container_background_to&quot;:&quot;rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)&quot;,&quot;menu_item_align&quot;:&quot;right&quot;,&quot;menu_item_background_hover_from&quot;:&quot;rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)&quot;,&quot;menu_item_background_hover_to&quot;:&quot;rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)&quot;,&quot;menu_item_link_height&quot;:&quot;75px&quot;,&quot;menu_item_link_color&quot;:&quot;rgb(138, 136, 136)&quot;,&quot;menu_item_link_weight&quot;:&quot;bold&quot;,&quot;menu_item_link_text_transform&quot;:&quot;uppercase&quot;,&quot;menu_item_link_color_hover&quot;:&quot;rgb(44, 102, 251)&quot;,&quot;menu_item_link_weight_hover&quot;:&quot;bold&quot;,&quot;panel_background_from&quot;:&quot;rgb(255, 255, 255)&quot;,&quot;panel_background_to&quot;:&quot;rgb(255, 255, 255)&quot;,&quot;panel_border_color&quot;:&quot;rgb(221, 221, 221)&quot;,&quot;panel_border_top&quot;:&quot;1px&quot;,&quot;panel_header_border_color&quot;:&quot;#555&quot;,&quot;panel_font_size&quot;:&quot;14px&quot;,&quot;panel_font_color&quot;:&quot;#666&quot;,&quot;panel_font_family&quot;:&quot;inherit&quot;,&quot;panel_second_level_font_color&quot;:&quot;#555&quot;,&quot;panel_second_level_font_color_hover&quot;:&quot;#555&quot;,&quot;panel_second_level_text_transform&quot;:&quot;uppercase&quot;,&quot;panel_second_level_font&quot;:&quot;inherit&quot;,&quot;panel_second_level_font_size&quot;:&quot;16px&quot;,&quot;panel_second_level_font_weight&quot;:&quot;bold&quot;,&quot;panel_second_level_font_weight_hover&quot;:&quot;bold&quot;,&quot;panel_second_level_text_decoration&quot;:&quot;none&quot;,&quot;panel_second_level_text_decoration_hover&quot;:&quot;none&quot;,&quot;panel_second_level_border_color&quot;:&quot;#555&quot;,&quot;panel_third_level_font_color&quot;:&quot;#666&quot;,&quot;panel_third_level_font_color_hover&quot;:&quot;#666&quot;,&quot;panel_third_level_font&quot;:&quot;inherit&quot;,&quot;panel_third_level_font_size&quot;:&quot;14px&quot;,&quot;flyout_width&quot;:&quot;200px&quot;,&quot;flyout_menu_background_from&quot;:&quot;rgb(255, 255, 255)&quot;,&quot;flyout_menu_background_to&quot;:&quot;rgb(255, 255, 255)&quot;,&quot;flyout_border_color&quot;:&quot;rgb(221, 221, 221)&quot;,&quot;flyout_border_bottom&quot;:&quot;1px&quot;,&quot;flyout_menu_item_divider&quot;:&quot;on&quot;,&quot;flyout_menu_item_divider_color&quot;:&quot;rgb(247, 247, 247)&quot;,&quot;flyout_link_padding_left&quot;:&quot;15px&quot;,&quot;flyout_link_padding_top&quot;:&quot;3px&quot;,&quot;flyout_link_padding_bottom&quot;:&quot;3px&quot;,&quot;flyout_background_from&quot;:&quot;rgb(255, 255, 255)&quot;,&quot;flyout_background_to&quot;:&quot;rgb(255, 255, 255)&quot;,&quot;flyout_background_hover_from&quot;:&quot;rgb(255, 255, 255)&quot;,&quot;flyout_background_hover_to&quot;:&quot;rgb(255, 255, 255)&quot;,&quot;flyout_link_size&quot;:&quot;14px&quot;,&quot;flyout_link_color&quot;:&quot;#666&quot;,&quot;flyout_link_color_hover&quot;:&quot;rgb(44, 102, 251)&quot;,&quot;flyout_link_family&quot;:&quot;inherit&quot;,&quot;mobile_columns&quot;:&quot;2&quot;,&quot;toggle_background_from&quot;:&quot;#222&quot;,&quot;toggle_background_to&quot;:&quot;#222&quot;,&quot;mobile_background_from&quot;:&quot;#222&quot;,&quot;mobile_background_to&quot;:&quot;#222&quot;,&quot;mobile_menu_item_link_font_size&quot;:&quot;14px&quot;,&quot;mobile_menu_item_link_color&quot;:&quot;#ffffff&quot;,&quot;mobile_menu_item_link_text_align&quot;:&quot;left&quot;,&quot;mobile_menu_item_link_color_hover&quot;:&quot;rgb(44, 102, 251)&quot;,&quot;mobile_menu_item_background_hover_from&quot;:&quot;rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)&quot;,&quot;mobile_menu_item_background_hover_to&quot;:&quot;rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)&quot;,&quot;custom_css&quot;:&quot;\/** Push menu onto new line **\/ \r\n#{$wrap} { \r\n    clear: both; \r\n}\r\n\r\n\/* Apply Hover Styling to active Mega Menu - Second Level Links *\/\r\n#{$wrap} #{$menu} &amp;amp;gt; li.mega-menu-megamenu &amp;amp;gt; ul.mega-sub-menu &amp;amp;gt; li.mega-menu-item.mega-current-menu-item &amp;amp;gt; a.mega-menu-link,\r\n#{$wrap} #{$menu} &amp;amp;gt; li.mega-menu-megamenu &amp;amp;gt; ul.mega-sub-menu li.mega-menu-column &amp;amp;gt; ul.mega-sub-menu &amp;amp;gt; li.mega-menu-item.mega-current-menu-item &amp;amp;gt; a.mega-menu-link {\r\n    color: $panel_second_level_font_color_hover;\r\n    font-weight: $panel_second_level_font_weight_hover;\r\n    text-decoration: $panel_second_level_text_decoration_hover;\r\n    @include background($panel_second_level_background_hover_from, $panel_second_level_background_hover_to);\r\n}\r\n\r\n\/* Apply Hover Styling to active Mega Menu - Third Level Links *\/\r\n#{$wrap} #{$menu} &amp;amp;gt; li.mega-menu-megamenu &amp;amp;gt; ul.mega-sub-menu &amp;amp;gt; li.mega-menu-item li.mega-menu-item.mega-current-menu-item &amp;amp;gt; a.mega-menu-link,\r\n#{$wrap} #{$menu} &amp;amp;gt; li.mega-menu-megamenu &amp;amp;gt; ul.mega-sub-menu li.mega-menu-column &amp;amp;gt; ul.mega-sub-menu &amp;amp;gt; li.mega-menu-item li.mega-menu-item.mega-current-menu-item &amp;amp;gt; a.mega-menu-link {\r\n    color: $panel_third_level_font_color_hover;\r\n    font-weight: $panel_third_level_font_weight_hover;\r\n    text-decoration: $panel_third_level_text_decoration_hover;\r\n    @include background($panel_third_level_background_hover_from, $panel_third_level_background_hover_to);\r\n}\r\n\r\n\/* Apply Hover Styling to active Flyout Links and ancestors *\/\r\n#{$wrap} #{$menu} li.mega-menu-flyout ul.mega-sub-menu li.mega-menu-item.mega-current-menu-item &amp;amp;gt; a.mega-menu-link,\r\n#{$wrap} #{$menu} li.mega-menu-flyout ul.mega-sub-menu li.mega-menu-item.mega-current-menu-ancestor &amp;amp;gt; a.mega-menu-link {\r\n    @include background($flyout_background_hover_from, $flyout_background_hover_to);\r\n    font-weight: $flyout_link_weight_hover;\r\n    text-decoration: $flyout_link_text_decoration_hover;\r\n    color: $flyout_link_color_hover;\r\n}&quot;}
&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Mega Menu Setting&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;General Settings&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/mms1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Mega Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From here set the click event behaviour, mobile menu behaviour, css output, menu item descriptions, unbind JS events, prefix menu item classes and change setting for active menu instances.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Menu Themes&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/mms2.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Mega Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In this option you got general settings, menu bar, mega menus, flyout menus, mobile menu and custom styling.
From general setting tab you can set theme title, arrow style, Z index, shadow, hover transitions, reset widget styling.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From Menu bar you can set menu height, menu background, menu padding, menu border radius, menu items align, menu item background, menu item background(hover), menu item spacing, font, font(hover), menu item padding, menu item border, menu item border(hover), menu item border radius, menu item divider and highlight current item. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From Mega menus tab you can set the margin , padding, radius and typography for the mega menu. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From Mobile menu tab set the options for mobile menu. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Your homepage displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose your preferred home variation from the &lt;em&gt;Homepage&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.(optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/rrr.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance :&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Home 1&lt;/strong&gt;:
&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/home11.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Home 2&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/home22.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Home 3&lt;/strong&gt;:
&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/home33.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Home 4&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/home44.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Home 5&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/home55.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Elements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can simply add an element on a page. All you need to do, just drag the element you want to add and drop it in a page then customize its setting as your preferences. You will have plenty of default elements to add or you can add our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;HostZine&lt;/em&gt; theme from the &lt;strong&gt;HOSTZINE ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; tab on the elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/allelements.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Elements&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor is the one of the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;:
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3B5HL11uhVE&quot; title=&quot;Getting Started with Elementor&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 1&lt;/strong&gt; :
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=joWTUN77hnA&quot;&gt;Learn How to Build Your Page Layout on Elementor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 2&lt;/strong&gt; :
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HkD_Lx-DGn4&quot;&gt;Style Options for Sections and Columns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 3&lt;/strong&gt; :
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gkTfyjG38g&quot;&gt;Padding, Margin, Responsive and Other Settings in the Advanced Tab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/&quot;&gt;https://docs.elementor.com/&lt;/a&gt; you can find see the complete documentation of elementor page builder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;IMPORTANT&lt;/strong&gt;: You have to disable &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Colors&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Fonts&lt;/strong&gt; options from &lt;code&gt;Elementor&amp;gt; General&lt;/code&gt; in order get your custom styles worked on any elements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our theme specific elements can be found in &lt;strong&gt;HostZine&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/slider.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;HOSTZINE ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/slidercontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;strong&gt;Slides&lt;/strong&gt;, you have this options&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ADD ITEM&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create new slider items. Having created an item, just by a single mouse click- there are a couple of options will appear below this.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Inside slider options, on Background tab you have this option&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background image for your slider at here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On Content tab you have these options&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt; : Define Image, Description and Title for your slider. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;strong&gt;Global Options&lt;/strong&gt; you have this functions&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the slider height.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Caption Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define position for the caption.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose content alignment from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Interval&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the time for slider interval. [Time is calculated in milliseconds.]&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Overlay&lt;/strong&gt; : Define background overlay from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Repeat&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the repeat option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the size of your background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background position. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Attachment&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background attachment type. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;strong&gt;Nav Options&lt;/strong&gt; you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable nav.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Arrow Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable arrows.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav &amp;amp; Arrow Icon Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define Icon color for Nav &amp;amp; Arrow.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav &amp;amp; Arrow Bg Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define background color for Nav &amp;amp; Arrow.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/sliderstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have these options:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred title color from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set custom typography from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Span Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred span color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Span Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set custom span typography from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : You can set custom padding from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have these options:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose color of your content. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set custom typography for your slider contents from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Manage letter spacing between contents from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Description Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Set custom padding on the description from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt; option you have these options. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set typography for button from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set background color for your button from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Set border type from this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Set Border Width.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set Border Color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Set Border Radius.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : Access different box shadow options from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Give custom padding to box from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;strong&gt;Front Image&lt;/strong&gt; you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Front Image Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Set image position.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Make your image bigger or smaller according to your need. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/slideradvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom CSS code at here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Latest Post&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/latestpost.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Latest Blog Post&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Latest Post&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Latest Post&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;HOSTZINE ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/latestcontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Latest Blog Post&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many item you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show the items into.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Excerpt Word** : Define the number of word to show on each Box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Meta&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for meta text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for description text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/lateststyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Latest Blog Post&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Meta Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for meta text. (posting date, views)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for button. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt; : Set typography, background color, border type, radius, box shadow and padding from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/latestadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Latest Blog Post&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom CSS code at here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Testimonial&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/testimoniall.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;HOSTZINE ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/testimonialcontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred testimonial style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Set Title, Designation, Image and description of testimonial from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/testimonialstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;
Under &lt;strong&gt;Layout&lt;/strong&gt; you have these options&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Center Bg/Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the hover color. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Autoplay Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable autoplay. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : Set box shadow properties from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt; you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set custom typography for your content from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color for your testimonial. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;strong&gt;Name/Designation&lt;/strong&gt; you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Name Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the text color for name in testimonial. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Name Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set custom typography for name text on testimonial.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color for designation text. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set typography for your designation text on testimonial. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border/Quite Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set Border color. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Set image border radius from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/testimonialadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom CSS code at here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;HostZine Tab&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/hostzinetab.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;HostZine Tab&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;HostZine Tab&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;HOSTZINE ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/tabcontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Click on this button to add new item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose style for you tab. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define content height.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of padding you want for the content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Select tab image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define title for your tab. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the Content Title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Area&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the content text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bottom Enable&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable button at the bottom of the content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of padding at the bottom.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Margin&lt;/strong&gt; :  Define the amount of margin at the bottom.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/tabstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred typography for button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred typography for title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Text&lt;/strong&gt; :  Choose color for text content. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose color for content background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Make your preferred typography for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/tabadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom CSS code at here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Pricing Table&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/pricingtable.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Pricing Table&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Pricing Table&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Pricing Table&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;HOSTZINE ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/pricingcontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Define you want the pricing table as single table or multiple.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pricing Table Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick your preferred color for the pricing table.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Currency Symbol&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the currency symbol.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the price amount.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Period&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the time period.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload and select image for setting at of the pricing table.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pricing Plan&lt;/strong&gt; : Define your pricing plan.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Area&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text of your pricing plan.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bottom Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/pricingadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom CSS code at here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Domain Search&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/domainsearch.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;TX Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Domain Search&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Domain Search&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;HOSTZINE ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/domaincontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;TX Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Action Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your link for redirection to result site. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Define text for your button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Placeholder&lt;/strong&gt; : Put text for your placeholder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/domainstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;TX Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define height.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define text color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define text hover color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Submit Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define background color for domain search.  &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Submit Background Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select background hover color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Submit Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set Border color from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Submit Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set typography from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Placeholder Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the color of placeholder from here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Input Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the color of input text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Input Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define color of input border.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Input Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define input background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/domainadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;TX Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom CSS code at here. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</content>
		<category term="WordPress Themes" />
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<title>MagMax</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/magmax"/>
		<published>2018-02-12T16:27:24+06:00</published>
		<updated>2018-02-12T16:27:24+06:00</updated>
		<id>https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/magmax</id>
		<author>
			<name>Parvez Akther</name>
			<email>parvez@themexpert.com</email>
		</author>
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Mobile Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Cross Browser Compatibility&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Advertise Management&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Unlimited Category Scrolling&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Megamenu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Post Styles&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Featured Post&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Meaningful Trendy Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Huge Built-in Pages&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Category Page Styles&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Optimized&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Post Formats&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic Navigation Menu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social Sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Social Commenting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Animation Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Transparent Header&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Contact Form 7&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Page Builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;weForms&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run MagMax smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Page Builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to MagMax &lt;a href=&quot;https://themeforest.net/item/&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; page on &lt;strong&gt;www.themeforest.net&lt;/strong&gt; then download the &lt;strong&gt;MagMaxPackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file. In this &lt;strong&gt;.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file, you have everything you need.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install MagMax theme on your server. It's quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply MagMax theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;magmax.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of MagMax theme. So, before getting started with the installation process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire magmax.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the meteor.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are six plugins, required for MagMax theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;MagMax Core: theme core functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Page builder: Drag and Drop page builder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework: Used to build its backend admin panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2: For building meta boxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;One Click Demo Import : One Click Demo data importer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;weForms : For creating contact form.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all six required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here: &lt;a title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatic plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/demodata.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Demo Data&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;code&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It will take some times to load all demo data on your server. Wait till it shows you a successful data importing message.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Settings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can differently customize theme according to your need using Easy Customization feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;MagMax&lt;/strong&gt; at left-bottom corner of the module screen to open up &lt;em&gt;Theme Setting&lt;/em&gt; panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;General&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/generall.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Global Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader&lt;/strong&gt; : You will be able to enable or disable preloader with this button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Preloader Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Change the background color of preloader according to your wish and if you want to keep transparent color, tick the transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hotline Number&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to show hotline number on your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Email Address&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to show your email address on your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color Variation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred color variation from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable custom color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your primary color from here.
&lt;h3&gt;Header&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/headerr.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Header Options&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable transparent header in front page&lt;/strong&gt; : Tick checkbox if you want to enable header transparency in front page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Top Menu bar&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to turn on or off, the Top Menu Bar.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Top Menu Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your preferred header top menu background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Top Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred header top menu color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload your site default logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload the logo for your site which you want to show on all over on your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload your header advertise&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to load any advertise on header, upload your advertise at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Advertise Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the Header advertisement link here to redirect visitor to advertisement site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the layout for your header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Bar Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload icon for the bar at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Search Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload icon for the search at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dark Header Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select dark header color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Alter the background color of the header from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Menu Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background color of header menu from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Color Option&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose different menu color styles on different states like regular, hover and active.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Menu Item Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the color for the header menu item border.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sub Menu Color Option&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose different menu color styles on different states like regular, hover and active, for sub menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Archive Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable archive category header with this button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Grid&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/gridd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Style&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Blog Grid&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the number of your blog default grid.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Archive Grid&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the number of default archive grid.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Social&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/sociall.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Background Image&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Social Profile&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle on or off the social profile.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Site Header Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload logo for the site header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Media w/ URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload any media using WordPress native uploader.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Single Post Options&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/single_post_optionss.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Background Image&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Related Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to enable or disable related posts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Popular Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to enable or disable popular posts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Featured Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn this option on for enabling featured post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Trending Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable trending post from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Select &amp;amp; Share&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle on or off the select and share on your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Social Share&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle on or off to enable or disable the Social Share Option in Single Post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Comment Template&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the default comment template for single post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Typography&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/typographyy.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Custom Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable custom typography.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography for header from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography for title from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Widget &amp;amp; Other Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography for widget &amp;amp; other titles from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography for body texts from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Meta Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the custom typography for meta description from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the custom typography for menu from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sidebar&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/sidebarr.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;Default Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing list sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Shop Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;Default Shop Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing details sidebar, unlikely the Default Sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Page Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;Page Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing list sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/custom_stylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom JS Code&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom JavaScript code at here and click &lt;strong&gt;save changes&lt;/strong&gt; to apply changes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer Options&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/footerr.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your footer logo with this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred layout for your footer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Color Option&lt;/strong&gt; : Selected your preferred color for specific footer sections.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show ThemeXpert Credit&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide the ThemeXpert credit.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import / Export&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/importt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Footer&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Import necessary file from previously created backups and restore to your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Export Options&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to download the theme options as a &lt;strong&gt;.json&lt;/strong&gt; file for further use in any other wp-themes. You just have to import that .json file using the &lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; button then.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose your preferred home variation from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.(optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/reading_settingg.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elements&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can simply add an element on a page. All you need to do, just drag the element you want to add and drop it in a page then customize its setting as your preferences. You will have plenty of default elements to add or you can add our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;MagMax&lt;/em&gt; theme from the &lt;strong&gt;MagMax Elements&lt;/strong&gt; tab on the elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/mmelements.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Elements&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor is the one of the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;a title=&quot;Getting Started with Elementor&quot; href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3B5HL11uhVE&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 1&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=joWTUN77hnA&quot;&gt;Learn How to Build Your Page Layout on Elementor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 2&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HkD_Lx-DGn4&quot;&gt;Style Options for Sections and Columns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 3&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gkTfyjG38g&quot;&gt;Padding, Margin, Responsive and Other Settings in the Advanced Tab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/&quot;&gt;https://docs.elementor.com/&lt;/a&gt; you can find see the complete documentation of elementor page builder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;IMPORTANT&lt;/strong&gt;: You have to disable &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Colors&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Fonts&lt;/strong&gt; options from &lt;code&gt;Elementor&amp;gt; General&lt;/code&gt; in order get your custom styles worked on any elements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our theme specific elements can be found in &lt;strong&gt;MagMax&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Single Category Layout&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Single Category Layout&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Single Category Layout&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Images&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 1&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorylayout1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 2&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorylayout2.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 3&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorylayout3.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 4&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorylayout4.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 5&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorylayout5.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorycontentt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout header&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle Yes or no to enable or disable the header of the layout.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred layout style from 5 different layouts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category List&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the category of your post from here. Posts only from selected category will be shown.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the thumbnail size for your layout from 4 different layouts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Gap&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose how much gap (in pixels) you need between your grids.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to highlight the first post of the list.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the layout style for highlighted post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Tag for Highlight Post&lt;/strong&gt; : To show the category tag on highlighted post turn this option on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Select how many post you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Excerpt&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle yes or no to show or hide excerpt in the highlight and regular post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the number of post grids.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the alignment type of the post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Tag&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to show or hide category above title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Word Count&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how much word you want in the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Featured Post Min Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how much height you want in the featured post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorylayoutstylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Highlighted post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the content typography form here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt; you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn it on to apply custom title, meta and content color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;strong&gt;Gradient&lt;/strong&gt; you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the overlay style either as overlay or as gradient.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background overlay&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of background overlay.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorylayoutadvancedd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Single Category Carousel&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Single Category Carousel&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Single Category Carousel&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Images&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 1&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorycarousel1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 2&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorycarousel2.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 3&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorycarousel3.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 4&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorycarousel4.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorycarouselcontentt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your carousel title at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable layout header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred layout style from 4 different layouts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category List&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the category you want for your carousel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the thumbnail size.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column Gap&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how much gap you need between columns.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose post grid as horizontal or vertical from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define title at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Query Post Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the query post type from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Tag&lt;/strong&gt; : Show category tag above the title from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Excerpt&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide the excerpt in the highlighted and regular post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how much excerpt word you want in the regular post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Navigation Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define navigation position from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose number of post column.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the alignment as left, right, or middle.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dot Navigation Bottom Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the bottom position of Dot navigation from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav Dot Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the alignment as left or right for Nav Dot.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the number of post to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Category&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide category from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Min Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the minimum height of the post from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorycarouselstylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the content typography form here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content Spacing you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn it on to apply content padding. Under Content you have this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Gradient you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the overlay style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Overlay&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the background color for overlay from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorycarouseladvancedd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recent Post Layout&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Recent Post Layout&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Recent Post Layout&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Images&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 1&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostlayout1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 2&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostlayout2.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 3&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostlayout3.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostlayoutcontentt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle Yes or no to enable or disable the header of the layout.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred layout style from 3 different layouts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Query Post Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the type of query post from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to highlight the first post of the list.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlighted Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the thumbnail size of the highlighted post from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the layout style for highlighted post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Tag for Highlight Post&lt;/strong&gt; : To show the category tag on highlighted post turn this option on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Select how many post you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Excerpt&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle yes or no to show or hide excerpt in the highlight and regular post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how much excerpt word you want in the highlight.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how much excerpt word you want in the regular post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the number of post grids.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the alignment type of the post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Tag&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to show or hide category above title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostlayoutstylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn it on to apply custom title, meta and content color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Gradient you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the overlay style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Overlay&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the background color for overlay from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostlayoutadvancedd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recent Post Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Recent Post Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Recent Post Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostsliderlayout.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostslidercontentt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Query Post Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose Query Post Type from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Featured Post Min Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the minimum height for featured post from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the number of post to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Gap&lt;/strong&gt; : Define gap between two gaps from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostsliderstylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Highlighted post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn it on to apply custom title, meta and content color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Gradient you have this option&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the overlay style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Overlay&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background overlay color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostslideradvancedd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recent Post Carousel&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Recent Post Carousel&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Recent Post Carousel&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Images&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 1&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostcarousel1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 2&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostcarousel2.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostcarouselcontentt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Single Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable layout single header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define title at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred layout style from 2 different layouts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Query Post Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the query post type from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose number of post column.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the number of post to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Category&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide category from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostcarouselstylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn it on to apply content padding.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Post Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn it on to enable post box shadow.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostcarouseladvancedd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Dynamic Layout&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Dynamic Layout&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Dynamic Layout&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Images&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Horizontal&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamiclayout1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Vertical&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamiclayout2.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamiclayoutcontentt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout header&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle Yes or no to enable or disable the header of the layout.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Type the title of your layout at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category List&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the category list for your layout form here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred layout style from 3 different layouts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the thumbnail size from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to highlight the first post of the list.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Select how many post you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many posts grid you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the grid layout style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamiclayoutstylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Highlighted post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Tab Text Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your tab texts, typography from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn it on to apply custom title, meta and content color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamiclayoutadvancedd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Dynamic Category Tab&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Dynamic Category Tab&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Dynamic Category Tab&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Images&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 1&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamiccategorytab1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 2&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamiccategorytab2.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamiccategorytabcontentt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred layout style from 2 different layouts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category List&lt;/strong&gt;: Choose category list from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the number of post to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Gap&lt;/strong&gt;: Define the gap between each grid from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Meta&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide metadata.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamiccategorytabstylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Selected Thumbnail Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Modify the thumbnail of the selected title from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Alter the typography for icon texts from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamiccategorytabadvancedd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Single Post by ID&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Single Post by ID&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Single Post by ID&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Images&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 1&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlepostbyid1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 2&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlepostbyid2.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlepostbyidcontentt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Single Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable layout single header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define title at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Single Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred layout style from 2 different layout styles.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Write your single post ID&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom single post ID at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Single Post Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Define Single post style as horizontal or vertical from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show thumbnail&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide the thumbnail.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Category&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide category from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Excerpt&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide excerpt.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Min height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define minimum height of the post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post excerpt Word For Layout 2&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many excerpt word you want to show on layout 2.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlepostbyidstylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your content with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn it on to apply content padding.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlepostbyidadvancedd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Single Category With Dynamic Carousel&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Single Category with Dynamic Carousel&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Single Category with Dynamic Carousel&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Images&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 1&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/scwithdc1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 2&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/scwithdc2.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 3&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/scwithdc3.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/scwithdccontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable layout header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define title at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred layout style from 3 different layouts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category List&lt;/strong&gt; : Define category list from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select thumbnail size for the carousel from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Highlight first post from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlighted Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the thumbnail size for the highlighted first post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Featured Post Min Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the minimum height for the featured post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlighted Thumbnail Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the style for the highlighted thumbnail.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Tag for Highlighted Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide the category tag on highlighted post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Regular Post Thumbnail&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide regular post thumbnail in the list.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Category Tag&lt;/strong&gt; : Show or hide regular category tag from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many posts you want to show, from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the number of grid for regular post from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the alignment of regular post grid.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/scwithdcstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Highlight post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the padding for the content you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Gradient you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the overlay style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Overlay&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the background overlay color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/scwithdcadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Multiple Category With Dynamic Carousel&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Multiple Category with Dynamic Carousel&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Multiple Category with Dynamic Carousel&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Images&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 1&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/mcwithdc1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 2&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/mcwithdc2.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 3&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/mcwithdc3.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/mcwithdccontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable layout header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define title at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred layout style from 3 different layouts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category List&lt;/strong&gt; : Define category list from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select thumbnail size for the carousel from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Highlight first post from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlighted Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the thumbnail size for the highlighted first post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Featured Post Min Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the minimum height for the featured post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlighted Thumbnail Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the style for the highlighted thumbnail.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Tag for Highlighted Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide the category tag on highlighted post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Regular Post Thumbnail&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide regular post thumbnail in the list.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Category Tag&lt;/strong&gt; : Show or hide regular category tag from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many posts you want to show, from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the number of grid for regular post from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the alignment of regular post grid.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/mcwithdcstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Highlight post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the padding for the content you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Gradient you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the overlay style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Overlay&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the background overlay color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/mcwithdcadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;List Layout&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;List Layout&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;List Layout&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Image&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/listlayout1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/listlayoutcontentt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Design&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose layout design from 11 designs.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category List&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the category list for your layout form here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Select how many post you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Tag for article&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide category tag for article.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Gap&lt;/strong&gt; : Define gap between each grid from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Word count&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of excerpt word from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show full article link&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide full article link.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/listlayoutstylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the typography for highlighted post title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn it on to apply custom title, meta and content color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Link you have this option&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Chose link border color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/listlayoutadvancedd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Tiles Layout&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Tiles Layout&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Tiles Layout&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Image&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/tileslayout1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/tileslayoutcontentt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Design&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose layout design from 11 designs.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category List&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the category list for your layout form here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Select how many post you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Gap&lt;/strong&gt; : Define gap between each grid from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Adjust section height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Excerpt in highlighted article&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide excerpt in highlighted article.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Word count&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of excerpt word from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Tag for article&lt;/strong&gt; : Hide or Show category tag for title from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show full article link&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide full article link.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/tileslayoutstylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn it on to apply custom title, meta and content color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose overlay style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Overlay&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred background overlay from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Link you have this option&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose link color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Chose link border color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/tileslayoutadvancedd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Posts with Load More Button&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Posts with Load More Button&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Posts with Load More Button&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Image&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/pwithlmb1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/pwithlmbcontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable layout header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define title at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many posts you want to show from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the thumbnail size form here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the regular post grid alignment from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Full Article Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide full article link.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post navigation style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred post navigation style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/pwithlmbstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/pwithlmbadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Dynamic Header Tab&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Dynamic Header Tab&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Dynamic Header Tab&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamicheadertabcontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred layout style from 2 different layouts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many post column you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many posts you want to show from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to set custom height.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the section height by moving slider left and right.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlighted Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the highlighted thumbnail size from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the thumbnail size form here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Word Count&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how much word you want in the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamicheadertabstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Highlight post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamicheadertabadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;MagMax Social&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;MagMax Social&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;MagMax Social&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/magmaxsocialcontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ADD ITEM&lt;/strong&gt; : Add a new item with this button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the social icon from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Count&lt;/strong&gt; : Add your count text at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Add you social text at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Add your social link at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;*Social Background Color*** : Choose your social background color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/magmaxsocialstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Count Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Modify the count typography from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Followers Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the followers typography from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Box Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the width of icon box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Box Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the height of the icon box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the padding of the icon from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Margin&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the margin of the icon from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Box Margin&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the margin of the social box from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/magmaxsocialadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Tab Between Two Category&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Tab Between Two Category&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Tab Between Two Category&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Image&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/tbtc1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/tbtccontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Query Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the query type form the 4 choices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category List&lt;/strong&gt; : Define category list from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many posts you want to show, from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Thumbnail&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide thumbnail.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Category&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide category.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Meta&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide meta.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide border.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select thumbnail size for the carousel from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Word Count&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how much word you want in the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/tbtcstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your tab title with this option; customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option; customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the padding for the content you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Gradient you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the overlay style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Overlay&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the background overlay color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/tbtcadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Newsletter&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Newsletter&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Newsletter&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Image&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/newsletter1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/newslettercontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Chose Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred image for newsletter at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select thumbnail size from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;MailChimp Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the MailChimp Title at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;MailChimp Subtitle&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the MailChimp Subtitle at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;MailChimp Shortcode&lt;/strong&gt; : Type your MailChimp shortcode at here.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the alignment as left right or center from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/newsletterstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your title with this option; customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Subtitle&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Subtitle with this option; customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/newsletteradvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;News Ticker&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;News Ticker&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;News Ticker&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Image&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/newsticker1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/newstickercontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred title for news ticker at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Select layout style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Posts to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the number of posts, you want to show.
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/newstickerstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;News Ticker Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your news ticker title with this option; customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Post title with this option; customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/newstickeradvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Element Title&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Element Title&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Element Title&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorywithdccontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred title at here.
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/elementtitlestyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your title with this option; customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the padding for the content you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/elementtitleadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Mobile Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Cross Browser Compatibility&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Advertise Management&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Unlimited Category Scrolling&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Megamenu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Post Styles&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Featured Post&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Meaningful Trendy Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Huge Built-in Pages&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Category Page Styles&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Optimized&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Post Formats&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic Navigation Menu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social Sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Social Commenting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Animation Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Transparent Header&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Contact Form 7&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Page Builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;weForms&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run MagMax smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Page Builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to MagMax &lt;a href=&quot;https://themeforest.net/item/&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; page on &lt;strong&gt;www.themeforest.net&lt;/strong&gt; then download the &lt;strong&gt;MagMaxPackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file. In this &lt;strong&gt;.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file, you have everything you need.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install MagMax theme on your server. It's quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply MagMax theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;magmax.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of MagMax theme. So, before getting started with the installation process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire magmax.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the meteor.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are six plugins, required for MagMax theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;MagMax Core: theme core functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Page builder: Drag and Drop page builder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework: Used to build its backend admin panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2: For building meta boxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;One Click Demo Import : One Click Demo data importer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;weForms : For creating contact form.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all six required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here: &lt;a title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatic plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/demodata.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Demo Data&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;code&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It will take some times to load all demo data on your server. Wait till it shows you a successful data importing message.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Settings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can differently customize theme according to your need using Easy Customization feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;MagMax&lt;/strong&gt; at left-bottom corner of the module screen to open up &lt;em&gt;Theme Setting&lt;/em&gt; panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;General&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/generall.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Global Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader&lt;/strong&gt; : You will be able to enable or disable preloader with this button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Preloader Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Change the background color of preloader according to your wish and if you want to keep transparent color, tick the transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hotline Number&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to show hotline number on your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Email Address&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to show your email address on your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color Variation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred color variation from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable custom color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your primary color from here.
&lt;h3&gt;Header&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/headerr.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Header Options&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable transparent header in front page&lt;/strong&gt; : Tick checkbox if you want to enable header transparency in front page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Top Menu bar&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to turn on or off, the Top Menu Bar.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Top Menu Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your preferred header top menu background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Top Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred header top menu color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload your site default logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload the logo for your site which you want to show on all over on your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload your header advertise&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to load any advertise on header, upload your advertise at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Advertise Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the Header advertisement link here to redirect visitor to advertisement site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the layout for your header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Bar Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload icon for the bar at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Search Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload icon for the search at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dark Header Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select dark header color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Alter the background color of the header from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Menu Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background color of header menu from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Color Option&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose different menu color styles on different states like regular, hover and active.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Menu Item Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the color for the header menu item border.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sub Menu Color Option&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose different menu color styles on different states like regular, hover and active, for sub menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Archive Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable archive category header with this button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Grid&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/gridd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Style&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Blog Grid&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the number of your blog default grid.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Archive Grid&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the number of default archive grid.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Social&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/sociall.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Background Image&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Social Profile&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle on or off the social profile.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Site Header Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload logo for the site header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Media w/ URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload any media using WordPress native uploader.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Single Post Options&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/single_post_optionss.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Background Image&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Related Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to enable or disable related posts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Popular Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to enable or disable popular posts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Featured Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn this option on for enabling featured post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Trending Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable trending post from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Select &amp;amp; Share&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle on or off the select and share on your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Social Share&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle on or off to enable or disable the Social Share Option in Single Post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Comment Template&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the default comment template for single post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Typography&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/typographyy.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Custom Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable custom typography.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography for header from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography for title from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Widget &amp;amp; Other Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography for widget &amp;amp; other titles from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography for body texts from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Meta Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the custom typography for meta description from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the custom typography for menu from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sidebar&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/sidebarr.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;Default Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing list sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Shop Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;Default Shop Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing details sidebar, unlikely the Default Sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Page Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;Page Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing list sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/custom_stylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom JS Code&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom JavaScript code at here and click &lt;strong&gt;save changes&lt;/strong&gt; to apply changes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer Options&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/footerr.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your footer logo with this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred layout for your footer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Color Option&lt;/strong&gt; : Selected your preferred color for specific footer sections.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show ThemeXpert Credit&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide the ThemeXpert credit.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import / Export&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/importt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Footer&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Import necessary file from previously created backups and restore to your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Export Options&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to download the theme options as a &lt;strong&gt;.json&lt;/strong&gt; file for further use in any other wp-themes. You just have to import that .json file using the &lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; button then.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose your preferred home variation from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.(optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/reading_settingg.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elements&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can simply add an element on a page. All you need to do, just drag the element you want to add and drop it in a page then customize its setting as your preferences. You will have plenty of default elements to add or you can add our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;MagMax&lt;/em&gt; theme from the &lt;strong&gt;MagMax Elements&lt;/strong&gt; tab on the elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/mmelements.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Elements&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor is the one of the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;a title=&quot;Getting Started with Elementor&quot; href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3B5HL11uhVE&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 1&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=joWTUN77hnA&quot;&gt;Learn How to Build Your Page Layout on Elementor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 2&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HkD_Lx-DGn4&quot;&gt;Style Options for Sections and Columns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 3&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gkTfyjG38g&quot;&gt;Padding, Margin, Responsive and Other Settings in the Advanced Tab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/&quot;&gt;https://docs.elementor.com/&lt;/a&gt; you can find see the complete documentation of elementor page builder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;IMPORTANT&lt;/strong&gt;: You have to disable &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Colors&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Fonts&lt;/strong&gt; options from &lt;code&gt;Elementor&amp;gt; General&lt;/code&gt; in order get your custom styles worked on any elements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our theme specific elements can be found in &lt;strong&gt;MagMax&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Single Category Layout&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Single Category Layout&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Single Category Layout&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Images&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 1&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorylayout1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 2&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorylayout2.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 3&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorylayout3.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 4&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorylayout4.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 5&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorylayout5.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorycontentt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout header&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle Yes or no to enable or disable the header of the layout.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred layout style from 5 different layouts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category List&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the category of your post from here. Posts only from selected category will be shown.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the thumbnail size for your layout from 4 different layouts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Gap&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose how much gap (in pixels) you need between your grids.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to highlight the first post of the list.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the layout style for highlighted post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Tag for Highlight Post&lt;/strong&gt; : To show the category tag on highlighted post turn this option on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Select how many post you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Excerpt&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle yes or no to show or hide excerpt in the highlight and regular post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the number of post grids.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the alignment type of the post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Tag&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to show or hide category above title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Word Count&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how much word you want in the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Featured Post Min Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how much height you want in the featured post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorylayoutstylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Highlighted post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the content typography form here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt; you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn it on to apply custom title, meta and content color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;strong&gt;Gradient&lt;/strong&gt; you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the overlay style either as overlay or as gradient.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background overlay&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of background overlay.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorylayoutadvancedd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Single Category Carousel&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Single Category Carousel&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Single Category Carousel&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Images&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 1&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorycarousel1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 2&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorycarousel2.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 3&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorycarousel3.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 4&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorycarousel4.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorycarouselcontentt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your carousel title at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable layout header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred layout style from 4 different layouts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category List&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the category you want for your carousel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the thumbnail size.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column Gap&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how much gap you need between columns.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose post grid as horizontal or vertical from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define title at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Query Post Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the query post type from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Tag&lt;/strong&gt; : Show category tag above the title from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Excerpt&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide the excerpt in the highlighted and regular post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how much excerpt word you want in the regular post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Navigation Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define navigation position from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose number of post column.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the alignment as left, right, or middle.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dot Navigation Bottom Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the bottom position of Dot navigation from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav Dot Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the alignment as left or right for Nav Dot.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the number of post to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Category&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide category from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Min Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the minimum height of the post from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorycarouselstylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the content typography form here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content Spacing you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn it on to apply content padding. Under Content you have this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Gradient you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the overlay style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Overlay&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the background color for overlay from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorycarouseladvancedd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recent Post Layout&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Recent Post Layout&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Recent Post Layout&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Images&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 1&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostlayout1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 2&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostlayout2.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 3&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostlayout3.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostlayoutcontentt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle Yes or no to enable or disable the header of the layout.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred layout style from 3 different layouts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Query Post Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the type of query post from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to highlight the first post of the list.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlighted Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the thumbnail size of the highlighted post from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the layout style for highlighted post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Tag for Highlight Post&lt;/strong&gt; : To show the category tag on highlighted post turn this option on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Select how many post you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Excerpt&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle yes or no to show or hide excerpt in the highlight and regular post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how much excerpt word you want in the highlight.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how much excerpt word you want in the regular post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the number of post grids.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the alignment type of the post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Tag&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to show or hide category above title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostlayoutstylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn it on to apply custom title, meta and content color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Gradient you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the overlay style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Overlay&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the background color for overlay from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostlayoutadvancedd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recent Post Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Recent Post Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Recent Post Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostsliderlayout.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostslidercontentt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Query Post Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose Query Post Type from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Featured Post Min Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the minimum height for featured post from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the number of post to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Gap&lt;/strong&gt; : Define gap between two gaps from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostsliderstylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Highlighted post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn it on to apply custom title, meta and content color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Gradient you have this option&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the overlay style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Overlay&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background overlay color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostslideradvancedd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recent Post Carousel&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Recent Post Carousel&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Recent Post Carousel&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Images&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 1&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostcarousel1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 2&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostcarousel2.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostcarouselcontentt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Single Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable layout single header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define title at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred layout style from 2 different layouts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Query Post Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the query post type from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose number of post column.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the number of post to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Category&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide category from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostcarouselstylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn it on to apply content padding.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Post Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn it on to enable post box shadow.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/recentpostcarouseladvancedd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Dynamic Layout&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Dynamic Layout&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Dynamic Layout&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Images&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Horizontal&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamiclayout1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Vertical&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamiclayout2.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamiclayoutcontentt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout header&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle Yes or no to enable or disable the header of the layout.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Type the title of your layout at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category List&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the category list for your layout form here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred layout style from 3 different layouts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the thumbnail size from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to highlight the first post of the list.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Select how many post you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many posts grid you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the grid layout style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamiclayoutstylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Highlighted post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Tab Text Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your tab texts, typography from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn it on to apply custom title, meta and content color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamiclayoutadvancedd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Dynamic Category Tab&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Dynamic Category Tab&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Dynamic Category Tab&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Images&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 1&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamiccategorytab1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 2&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamiccategorytab2.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamiccategorytabcontentt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred layout style from 2 different layouts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category List&lt;/strong&gt;: Choose category list from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the number of post to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Gap&lt;/strong&gt;: Define the gap between each grid from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Meta&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide metadata.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamiccategorytabstylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Selected Thumbnail Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Modify the thumbnail of the selected title from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Alter the typography for icon texts from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamiccategorytabadvancedd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Single Post by ID&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Single Post by ID&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Single Post by ID&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Images&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 1&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlepostbyid1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 2&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlepostbyid2.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlepostbyidcontentt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Single Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable layout single header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define title at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Single Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred layout style from 2 different layout styles.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Write your single post ID&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom single post ID at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Single Post Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Define Single post style as horizontal or vertical from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show thumbnail&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide the thumbnail.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Category&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide category from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Excerpt&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide excerpt.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Min height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define minimum height of the post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post excerpt Word For Layout 2&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many excerpt word you want to show on layout 2.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlepostbyidstylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your content with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn it on to apply content padding.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlepostbyidadvancedd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Single Category With Dynamic Carousel&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Single Category with Dynamic Carousel&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Single Category with Dynamic Carousel&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Images&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 1&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/scwithdc1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 2&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/scwithdc2.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 3&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/scwithdc3.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/scwithdccontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable layout header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define title at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred layout style from 3 different layouts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category List&lt;/strong&gt; : Define category list from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select thumbnail size for the carousel from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Highlight first post from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlighted Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the thumbnail size for the highlighted first post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Featured Post Min Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the minimum height for the featured post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlighted Thumbnail Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the style for the highlighted thumbnail.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Tag for Highlighted Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide the category tag on highlighted post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Regular Post Thumbnail&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide regular post thumbnail in the list.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Category Tag&lt;/strong&gt; : Show or hide regular category tag from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many posts you want to show, from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the number of grid for regular post from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the alignment of regular post grid.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/scwithdcstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Highlight post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the padding for the content you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Gradient you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the overlay style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Overlay&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the background overlay color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/scwithdcadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Multiple Category With Dynamic Carousel&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Multiple Category with Dynamic Carousel&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Multiple Category with Dynamic Carousel&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Images&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 1&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/mcwithdc1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 2&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/mcwithdc2.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout 3&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/mcwithdc3.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/mcwithdccontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable layout header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define title at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred layout style from 3 different layouts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category List&lt;/strong&gt; : Define category list from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select thumbnail size for the carousel from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Highlight first post from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlighted Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the thumbnail size for the highlighted first post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Featured Post Min Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the minimum height for the featured post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlighted Thumbnail Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the style for the highlighted thumbnail.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Tag for Highlighted Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide the category tag on highlighted post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Regular Post Thumbnail&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide regular post thumbnail in the list.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Category Tag&lt;/strong&gt; : Show or hide regular category tag from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many posts you want to show, from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the number of grid for regular post from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the alignment of regular post grid.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/mcwithdcstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Highlight post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the padding for the content you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Gradient you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the overlay style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Overlay&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the background overlay color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/mcwithdcadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;List Layout&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;List Layout&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;List Layout&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Image&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/listlayout1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/listlayoutcontentt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Design&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose layout design from 11 designs.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category List&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the category list for your layout form here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Select how many post you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Tag for article&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide category tag for article.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Gap&lt;/strong&gt; : Define gap between each grid from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Word count&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of excerpt word from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show full article link&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide full article link.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/listlayoutstylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the typography for highlighted post title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn it on to apply custom title, meta and content color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Link you have this option&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Chose link border color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/listlayoutadvancedd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Tiles Layout&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Tiles Layout&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Tiles Layout&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Image&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/tileslayout1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/tileslayoutcontentt.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Design&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose layout design from 11 designs.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category List&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the category list for your layout form here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Select how many post you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Gap&lt;/strong&gt; : Define gap between each grid from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Adjust section height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Excerpt in highlighted article&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide excerpt in highlighted article.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Word count&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of excerpt word from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Tag for article&lt;/strong&gt; : Hide or Show category tag for title from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show full article link&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide full article link.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/tileslayoutstylee.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Turn it on to apply custom title, meta and content color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose overlay style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Overlay&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred background overlay from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Link you have this option&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose link color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Chose link border color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/tileslayoutadvancedd.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Posts with Load More Button&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Posts with Load More Button&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Posts with Load More Button&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Image&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/pwithlmb1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/pwithlmbcontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable layout header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define title at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many posts you want to show from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the thumbnail size form here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Grid&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the regular post grid alignment from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Full Article Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide full article link.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post navigation style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred post navigation style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/pwithlmbstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/pwithlmbadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Dynamic Header Tab&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Dynamic Header Tab&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Dynamic Header Tab&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamicheadertabcontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose preferred layout style from 2 different layouts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many post column you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many posts you want to show from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to set custom height.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the section height by moving slider left and right.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlighted Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the highlighted thumbnail size from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the thumbnail size form here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Word Count&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how much word you want in the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamicheadertabstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your section title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Highlight post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option, customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/dynamicheadertabadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;MagMax Social&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;MagMax Social&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;MagMax Social&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/magmaxsocialcontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ADD ITEM&lt;/strong&gt; : Add a new item with this button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the social icon from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Count&lt;/strong&gt; : Add your count text at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Add you social text at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Add your social link at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;*Social Background Color*** : Choose your social background color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/magmaxsocialstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Count Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Modify the count typography from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Followers Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the followers typography from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Box Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the width of icon box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Box Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the height of the icon box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the padding of the icon from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Margin&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the margin of the icon from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Box Margin&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the margin of the social box from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/magmaxsocialadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Tab Between Two Category&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Tab Between Two Category&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Tab Between Two Category&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Image&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/tbtc1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/tbtccontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Query Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the query type form the 4 choices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category List&lt;/strong&gt; : Define category list from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many posts you want to show, from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Thumbnail&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide thumbnail.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Category&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide category.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Meta&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide meta.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide border.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select thumbnail size for the carousel from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Word Count&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how much word you want in the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/tbtcstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your tab title with this option; customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Regular post title with this option; customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the padding for the content you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Gradient you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the overlay style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Overlay&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the background overlay color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/tbtcadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Newsletter&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Newsletter&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Newsletter&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Image&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/newsletter1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/newslettercontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Chose Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred image for newsletter at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select thumbnail size from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;MailChimp Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the MailChimp Title at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;MailChimp Subtitle&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the MailChimp Subtitle at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;MailChimp Shortcode&lt;/strong&gt; : Type your MailChimp shortcode at here.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the alignment as left right or center from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/newsletterstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your title with this option; customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Subtitle&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Subtitle with this option; customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/newsletteradvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;News Ticker&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;News Ticker&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;News Ticker&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Layout Image&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/newsticker1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/newstickercontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred title for news ticker at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Select layout style from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Posts to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the number of posts, you want to show.
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/newstickerstyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;News Ticker Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your news ticker title with this option; customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your Post title with this option; customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/newstickeradvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Element Title&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Element Title&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Element Title&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;MAGMAX ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/singlecategorywithdccontent.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred title at here.
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/elementtitlestyle.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt; Under Typography you have these options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Style your title with this option; customize font, size, weight, style line height, letter spacing etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the padding for the content you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to define custom color for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/meteor/elementtitleadvanced.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any custom CSS codes if you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</content>
		<category term="WordPress Themes" />
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<title>uHost</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost"/>
		<published>2018-01-05T15:15:26+06:00</published>
		<updated>2018-01-05T15:15:26+06:00</updated>
		<id>https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost</id>
		<author>
			<name>Parvez Akther</name>
			<email>parvez@themexpert.com</email>
		</author>
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/uhost.png&quot; alt=&quot;uHost&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Meaningful Trendy Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Optimized&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic Navigation Menu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Collapsing Transaction&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Domain Searching Module&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WHMCH Supported&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Animation Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Pagebuilder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;weForms&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;One Click Demo Import&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;MailChimp&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Instagram Widget&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run uHost smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install uHost theme on your server. It's quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply uHost theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;uhost.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of uHost theme. So, before getting started with the installation process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire uhost.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the uhost.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are eleven plugins, required for uHost theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;uHost Core : theme core functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor : Drag and Drop Pagebuilder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework: Used to build its backend admin panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2 : For building meta boxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WHMCS Bridge : For Purchasing a Web Hosting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WHMCS Domain Checker : Allows available Domain Searching.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;One Click Demo Import : One Click Demo data importer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;weForms : For Creating Contact Form (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Widget Importer &amp;amp; Exporter (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Instagram Widget : Showcasing Instagram Images (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;MailChimp : Email Automation Tool (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all those eleven required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here: &lt;a title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatic plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;code&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/01.png&quot; alt=&quot;Demo Data&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It will take some times to load all demo data on your server. Wait till it shows you a successful data importing message.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Settings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can differently customize theme according to your need using Easy Customization feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;uHost&lt;/strong&gt; at left-bottom corner of the module screen to open up &lt;em&gt;Theme Setting&lt;/em&gt; panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Global Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/global.png&quot; alt=&quot;Global Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Breadcrumb&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you the control over enabling or disabling &lt;em&gt;breadcrumb&lt;/em&gt; for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable &lt;em&gt;Preloader&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Blog Social Share Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable social sharing option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/header.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Options&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your branding logo using the &lt;strong&gt;Upload&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Header Top&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable Header Top.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Top Message&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the message you want to show in header top position.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Phone&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the phone no the customers are allowed to contact through.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Email&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the email address the customers are allowed to contact through.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Support URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the link of your support page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;login URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the Link of your login page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose Background Color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose menu color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Hover/Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose menu Hover color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Background Image&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/backgroundImage.png&quot; alt=&quot;Background Image&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose and upload image for category page header background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose and upload image for search result background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload the 404 image using the upload button next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Blog&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/blog.png&quot; alt=&quot;Background Image&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Related Post Enable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you enabling or disabling related post option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sidebar&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/sidebar.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;List SIdebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing list sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Detail Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;Details SIdebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing details sidebar, unlikely the List Sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/customStyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Custom Style&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this option, you can set the primary and secondary color for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Fonts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/customFonts.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for body.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Heading Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/footer.png&quot; alt=&quot;Footer&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Columns&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns to show the footer content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for the footer text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for the footer background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload and select a image for the footer background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show ThemeXpert Credit?&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for the credit text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for the credit text background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Social Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable showing social icon.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Facebook&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your facebook profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Twitter&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Twitter profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Instagram&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Instagram profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;LinkedIn&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your LinkedIn profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose social icon color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Footer Button&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable footer button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the copyright text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bottom Left Banner&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload the bottom left banner.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bottom Right Banner&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload the bottom right banner.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import / Export&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/import.png&quot; alt=&quot;Import / Export&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to import your custom theme settings if you have preserved any.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Download Data File&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to download the theme options as a &lt;strong&gt;.json&lt;/strong&gt; file for further use in any other wp-themes. You just have to import that .json file using the &lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; button then.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Your homepage displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose your preferred home variation from the &lt;em&gt;Homepage&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.(optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/home.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance :&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Home 1&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/home-1u.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Home 2&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/home-2u.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Elements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can simply add an element on a page. All you need to do, just drag the element you want to add and drop it in a page then customize its setting as your preferences. You will have plenty of default elements to add or you can add our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;uHost&lt;/em&gt; theme from the &lt;strong&gt;UHOST ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; tab on the elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/elements.png&quot; alt=&quot;Elements&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor is the one of the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;a title=&quot;Getting Started with Elementor&quot; href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3B5HL11uhVE&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 1&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=joWTUN77hnA&quot;&gt;Learn How to Build Your Page Layout on Elementor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 2&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HkD_Lx-DGn4&quot;&gt;Style Options for Sections and Columns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 3&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gkTfyjG38g&quot;&gt;Padding, Margin, Responsive and Other Settings in the Advanced Tab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/&quot;&gt;https://docs.elementor.com/&lt;/a&gt; you can find see the complete documentation of elementor page builder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;IMPORTANT&lt;/strong&gt;: You have to disable &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Colors&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Fonts&lt;/strong&gt; options from &lt;code&gt;Elementor&amp;gt; General&lt;/code&gt; in order get your custom styles worked on any elements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our theme specific elements can be found in &lt;strong&gt;uHost&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/slider1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;UHOST ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/slider2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ADD ITEM&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create new slider items. Having created an item, just by a single mouse click- there are a couple of options will appear below this.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the slider title here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Slider Image&lt;/strong&gt; : This upload button lets you upload image for the current slider item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding button URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/slider3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the content options according to your need. You can customize typography, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the button options as you want. This includes Button text, color, border, text size and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Control Options&lt;/strong&gt; : This includes slider speed, background repetition, size and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/slider4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Latest Blog Post&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/latestBlog1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Latest Blog Post&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Latest Blog Post&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Latest Blog Post&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;UHOST ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/latestBlog2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Latest Blog Post&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many item you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show the items into.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Excerpt Word** : Define the number of word to show on each Box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Meta&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for meta text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for description text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/latestBlog3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Latest Blog Post&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Meta Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for meta text. (posting date, views)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Meta Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for meta description text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/latestBlog4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Latest Blog Post&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Testimonial&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/testimonial1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;UHOST ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/testimonial2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Autoplay Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows enable or disable autoplay option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dots Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows enable or disable dots option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/testimonial3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Person Block Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the testimony block color for each person.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a content color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Name Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the person name color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the designation color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/testimonial4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;uHost Tab&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/uhostTab1.png&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;uHost Tab&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;uHost Tab&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;UHOST ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/uhostTab2.png&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define content height.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of padding you want for the content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Select tab image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the Content Title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Area&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the content text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bottom Enable&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable button at the bottom of the content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of padding at the bottom.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Margin&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of margin at the bottom.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/uhostTab3.png&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Make your preferred typography for title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Make your preferred typography for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/uhostTab4.png&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;uHost Pricing Table&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/uhostPricing1.png&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Pricing Table&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;uHost Pricing Table&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;uHost Pricing Table&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;UHOST ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/uhostPricing2.png&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Define you want the pricing table as single table or multiple.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pricing Table Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick your preferred color for the pricing table.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Currency Symbol&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the currency symbol.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the price amount.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Period&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the time period.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload and select image for setting at of the pricing table.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pricing Plan&lt;/strong&gt; : Define your pricing plan.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Area&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text of your pricing plan.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bottom Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;TX Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/txSlider1.png&quot; alt=&quot;TX Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;TX Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;TX Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;UHOST ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/txSlider2.png&quot; alt=&quot;TX Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Subtitle Top&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the subtitle that is supposed to be appeared at the top of the slider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the slider title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a background image for the slider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Area&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the content for the slider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Define an animation for the content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Front Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable front image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the animation effect for the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt; Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to add more slider item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/txSlider3.png&quot; alt=&quot;TX Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Option&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to customize various option for title such as Typography, Color, Height, Position etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Option&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to customize various option for title such as Typography, Background Overlay, Padding, Button Options, Control options etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/txSlider4.png&quot; alt=&quot;TX Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;See our other &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/next&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt; about Next Theme. &lt;/p&gt;</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/uhost.png&quot; alt=&quot;uHost&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Meaningful Trendy Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Optimized&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic Navigation Menu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Collapsing Transaction&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Domain Searching Module&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WHMCH Supported&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Animation Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Pagebuilder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;weForms&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;One Click Demo Import&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;MailChimp&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Instagram Widget&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run uHost smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install uHost theme on your server. It's quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply uHost theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;uhost.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of uHost theme. So, before getting started with the installation process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire uhost.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the uhost.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are eleven plugins, required for uHost theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;uHost Core : theme core functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor : Drag and Drop Pagebuilder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework: Used to build its backend admin panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2 : For building meta boxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WHMCS Bridge : For Purchasing a Web Hosting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WHMCS Domain Checker : Allows available Domain Searching.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;One Click Demo Import : One Click Demo data importer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;weForms : For Creating Contact Form (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Widget Importer &amp;amp; Exporter (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Instagram Widget : Showcasing Instagram Images (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;MailChimp : Email Automation Tool (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all those eleven required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here: &lt;a title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatic plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;code&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/01.png&quot; alt=&quot;Demo Data&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It will take some times to load all demo data on your server. Wait till it shows you a successful data importing message.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Settings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can differently customize theme according to your need using Easy Customization feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;uHost&lt;/strong&gt; at left-bottom corner of the module screen to open up &lt;em&gt;Theme Setting&lt;/em&gt; panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Global Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/global.png&quot; alt=&quot;Global Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Breadcrumb&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you the control over enabling or disabling &lt;em&gt;breadcrumb&lt;/em&gt; for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable &lt;em&gt;Preloader&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Blog Social Share Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable social sharing option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/header.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Options&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your branding logo using the &lt;strong&gt;Upload&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Header Top&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable Header Top.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Top Message&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the message you want to show in header top position.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Phone&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the phone no the customers are allowed to contact through.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Email&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the email address the customers are allowed to contact through.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Support URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the link of your support page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;login URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the Link of your login page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose Background Color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose menu color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Hover/Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose menu Hover color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Background Image&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/backgroundImage.png&quot; alt=&quot;Background Image&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose and upload image for category page header background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose and upload image for search result background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload the 404 image using the upload button next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Blog&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/blog.png&quot; alt=&quot;Background Image&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Related Post Enable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you enabling or disabling related post option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sidebar&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/sidebar.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;List SIdebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing list sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Detail Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;Details SIdebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing details sidebar, unlikely the List Sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/customStyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Custom Style&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this option, you can set the primary and secondary color for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Fonts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/customFonts.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for body.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Heading Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/footer.png&quot; alt=&quot;Footer&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Columns&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns to show the footer content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for the footer text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for the footer background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload and select a image for the footer background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show ThemeXpert Credit?&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for the credit text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for the credit text background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Social Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable showing social icon.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Facebook&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your facebook profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Twitter&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Twitter profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Instagram&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Instagram profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;LinkedIn&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your LinkedIn profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose social icon color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Footer Button&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable footer button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the copyright text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bottom Left Banner&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload the bottom left banner.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bottom Right Banner&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload the bottom right banner.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import / Export&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/import.png&quot; alt=&quot;Import / Export&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to import your custom theme settings if you have preserved any.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Download Data File&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to download the theme options as a &lt;strong&gt;.json&lt;/strong&gt; file for further use in any other wp-themes. You just have to import that .json file using the &lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; button then.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Your homepage displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose your preferred home variation from the &lt;em&gt;Homepage&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.(optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/home.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance :&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Home 1&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/home-1u.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Home 2&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/home-2u.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Elements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can simply add an element on a page. All you need to do, just drag the element you want to add and drop it in a page then customize its setting as your preferences. You will have plenty of default elements to add or you can add our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;uHost&lt;/em&gt; theme from the &lt;strong&gt;UHOST ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; tab on the elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/elements.png&quot; alt=&quot;Elements&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor is the one of the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;a title=&quot;Getting Started with Elementor&quot; href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3B5HL11uhVE&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 1&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=joWTUN77hnA&quot;&gt;Learn How to Build Your Page Layout on Elementor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 2&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HkD_Lx-DGn4&quot;&gt;Style Options for Sections and Columns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 3&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gkTfyjG38g&quot;&gt;Padding, Margin, Responsive and Other Settings in the Advanced Tab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/&quot;&gt;https://docs.elementor.com/&lt;/a&gt; you can find see the complete documentation of elementor page builder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;IMPORTANT&lt;/strong&gt;: You have to disable &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Colors&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Fonts&lt;/strong&gt; options from &lt;code&gt;Elementor&amp;gt; General&lt;/code&gt; in order get your custom styles worked on any elements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our theme specific elements can be found in &lt;strong&gt;uHost&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/slider1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;UHOST ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/slider2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ADD ITEM&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create new slider items. Having created an item, just by a single mouse click- there are a couple of options will appear below this.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the slider title here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Slider Image&lt;/strong&gt; : This upload button lets you upload image for the current slider item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding button URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/slider3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the content options according to your need. You can customize typography, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the button options as you want. This includes Button text, color, border, text size and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Control Options&lt;/strong&gt; : This includes slider speed, background repetition, size and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/slider4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Latest Blog Post&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/latestBlog1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Latest Blog Post&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Latest Blog Post&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Latest Blog Post&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;UHOST ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/latestBlog2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Latest Blog Post&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many item you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show the items into.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Excerpt Word** : Define the number of word to show on each Box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Meta&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for meta text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for description text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/latestBlog3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Latest Blog Post&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Meta Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for meta text. (posting date, views)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Meta Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for meta description text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/latestBlog4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Latest Blog Post&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Testimonial&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/testimonial1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;UHOST ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/testimonial2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Autoplay Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows enable or disable autoplay option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dots Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows enable or disable dots option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/testimonial3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Person Block Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the testimony block color for each person.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a content color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Name Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the person name color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the designation color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/testimonial4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;uHost Tab&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/uhostTab1.png&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;uHost Tab&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;uHost Tab&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;UHOST ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/uhostTab2.png&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define content height.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of padding you want for the content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Select tab image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the Content Title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Area&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the content text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bottom Enable&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable button at the bottom of the content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of padding at the bottom.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Margin&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of margin at the bottom.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/uhostTab3.png&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Make your preferred typography for title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Make your preferred typography for content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/uhostTab4.png&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;uHost Pricing Table&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/uhostPricing1.png&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Pricing Table&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;uHost Pricing Table&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;uHost Pricing Table&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;UHOST ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/uhostPricing2.png&quot; alt=&quot;uHost Tab&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Define you want the pricing table as single table or multiple.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pricing Table Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick your preferred color for the pricing table.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Currency Symbol&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the currency symbol.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the price amount.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Period&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the time period.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload and select image for setting at of the pricing table.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pricing Plan&lt;/strong&gt; : Define your pricing plan.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Area&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text of your pricing plan.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bottom Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;TX Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/txSlider1.png&quot; alt=&quot;TX Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;TX Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;TX Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;UHOST ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/txSlider2.png&quot; alt=&quot;TX Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Subtitle Top&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the subtitle that is supposed to be appeared at the top of the slider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the slider title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a background image for the slider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Area&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the content for the slider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Define an animation for the content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Front Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable front image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the animation effect for the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt; Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to add more slider item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/txSlider3.png&quot; alt=&quot;TX Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Option&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to customize various option for title such as Typography, Color, Height, Position etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Option&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to customize various option for title such as Typography, Background Overlay, Padding, Button Options, Control options etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/uhost/txSlider4.png&quot; alt=&quot;TX Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;See our other &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/next&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt; about Next Theme. &lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<category term="WordPress Themes" />
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<title>Switch Lite</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/switch-lite"/>
		<published>2017-12-06T11:13:21+06:00</published>
		<updated>2017-12-06T11:13:21+06:00</updated>
		<id>https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/switch-lite</id>
		<author>
			<name>Parvez Akther</name>
			<email>parvez@themexpert.com</email>
		</author>
		<summary type="html">&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Installing Switch Lite is similar to installing any other WordPress theme. After Downloading you will get a &lt;code&gt;ZIP&lt;/code&gt; file . That is your main zip file. Upload it using WordPress's theme uploader and activate it. Depending on your settings, you can immediately see the welcome blog page or landing page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to get other pages and post type working, you need to install &lt;a href=&quot;https://wordpress.org/plugins/switch-core/&quot;&gt;Switch core plugin&lt;/a&gt; from WordPress plugin installation page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Page Installation Tasks&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After installating and activating Switch theme, you need to perform the following tasks to enable landing page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Create a &lt;strong&gt;New Page&lt;/strong&gt; . Enter &lt;strong&gt;Home page&lt;/strong&gt; as title and keep the content field blank. Now select &lt;code&gt;&quot;Home page&quot;&lt;/code&gt; as page template from the right side page template dropdown menu. Now save/publish it. &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch/img-18.png&quot; alt=&quot;installation Image&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;. From the &lt;strong&gt;Front Page displays&lt;/strong&gt; section, click on &lt;strong&gt;static page&lt;/strong&gt;, and select previously created &lt;code&gt;&quot;HOME&quot;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Posts page&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;code&gt;&quot;BLOG&quot;&lt;/code&gt; from the dropdowns as shown in the picture below and save.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch/settings.png&quot; alt=&quot;installation Image&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Menu Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After installating and activating Switch theme, you need to add a menu to complete your default settings.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Go to &lt;strong&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus &amp;gt; Create a New Menu&amp;gt; Write Onepage Menu &amp;gt; Save Menu&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch/menu-1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Menu Image&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Checkmark the &lt;code&gt;Onepage&lt;/code&gt; menu, it will help you build a nice section menu, which included with core page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After done click on Custom Links and place id name with hash tag like &lt;code&gt;#hero-unit&lt;/code&gt; = Home. Now click on Add to Menu to create your preferred menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You must place specific id name to create specific menu item. For menu item &lt;code&gt;Home = #hero-unit, About = #about, Feature = #feature&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;Testimonial = #testimonial, Portfolio = #portfolio, Contact = #contact&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Customization&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Switch comes with a fantastic a powerful &quot;WordPress Customization&quot; admin panel from where you can update almost every part of the theme. Just go to your &lt;strong&gt;WordPress admin panel &amp;gt; Appearance&lt;/strong&gt; and click on &lt;strong&gt;Customize&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch/customizer.png&quot; alt=&quot;Customize Image&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;General Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From the General Settings sections, you can change &lt;strong&gt;Preloader Enable/Disable &amp;amp; Body Font Size&lt;/strong&gt;. The management panel looks like this. &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch/loader.png&quot; alt=&quot;global Image&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Site Identity&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From the Site Identity sections, you can change &lt;strong&gt;logo&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Slider Option&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From this section in &lt;strong&gt;Home Page Settings &amp;gt; Slider&lt;/strong&gt;, you can manage the homepage &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Feature section also requires that you create a &lt;strong&gt;Home Page Settings &amp;gt; Feature&lt;/strong&gt; post first, then tune up the look-n-feel from the &lt;strong&gt;Feature&lt;/strong&gt;. settings area. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;About&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From &lt;strong&gt;Home Page Settings &amp;gt; About&lt;/strong&gt; settings, you can add as many About section details. &lt;strong&gt;About Us&lt;/strong&gt;. looks like the following screen. You can turn it off and also change the title from here.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Testimonials&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Testimonial section also requires that you create a &lt;strong&gt;Home Page Settings &amp;gt; Testimonial&lt;/strong&gt; items from repeater first, then tune up the look-n-feel from the &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial&lt;/strong&gt;. settings area.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Team&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Team section also requires that you go to &lt;strong&gt;Home Page Settings &amp;gt; Team&lt;/strong&gt; then tune up the look-n-feel from the &lt;strong&gt;Team&lt;/strong&gt;. settings area.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Portfolio&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In Switch you can create unlimited portfolio galleries and select any one to display any time. To create a nice &lt;strong&gt;Portfolio&lt;/strong&gt;. Please go the &lt;strong&gt;Home Page Settings &amp;gt; Portfolio&lt;/strong&gt; click on.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Contact&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From contact area, you can specify your &lt;strong&gt;Contact&lt;/strong&gt; details as well as who will receive the contact emails. You can also specify the &lt;strong&gt;google map&lt;/strong&gt;. You will get a shortcode from contact from 7 Or weForms. Just copy it and paste to customization contact option Please go the &lt;strong&gt;Home Page Settings &amp;gt; Contact&lt;/strong&gt; click on.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Contact from&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;when you install the theme it requires a plugin called contact form 7. Just install that plugin and open it. You will get a shortcoad . please copy that code and paste it into &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard admin &amp;gt; Contact/weForms&lt;/strong&gt; .&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In Switch you can put your copyright. To create a nice &lt;strong&gt;Footer&lt;/strong&gt;. Please go the &lt;strong&gt;Footer&lt;/strong&gt; click on.&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Installing Switch Lite is similar to installing any other WordPress theme. After Downloading you will get a &lt;code&gt;ZIP&lt;/code&gt; file . That is your main zip file. Upload it using WordPress's theme uploader and activate it. Depending on your settings, you can immediately see the welcome blog page or landing page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to get other pages and post type working, you need to install &lt;a href=&quot;https://wordpress.org/plugins/switch-core/&quot;&gt;Switch core plugin&lt;/a&gt; from WordPress plugin installation page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Page Installation Tasks&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After installating and activating Switch theme, you need to perform the following tasks to enable landing page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Create a &lt;strong&gt;New Page&lt;/strong&gt; . Enter &lt;strong&gt;Home page&lt;/strong&gt; as title and keep the content field blank. Now select &lt;code&gt;&quot;Home page&quot;&lt;/code&gt; as page template from the right side page template dropdown menu. Now save/publish it. &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch/img-18.png&quot; alt=&quot;installation Image&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;. From the &lt;strong&gt;Front Page displays&lt;/strong&gt; section, click on &lt;strong&gt;static page&lt;/strong&gt;, and select previously created &lt;code&gt;&quot;HOME&quot;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Posts page&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;code&gt;&quot;BLOG&quot;&lt;/code&gt; from the dropdowns as shown in the picture below and save.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch/settings.png&quot; alt=&quot;installation Image&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Menu Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After installating and activating Switch theme, you need to add a menu to complete your default settings.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Go to &lt;strong&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus &amp;gt; Create a New Menu&amp;gt; Write Onepage Menu &amp;gt; Save Menu&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch/menu-1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Menu Image&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Checkmark the &lt;code&gt;Onepage&lt;/code&gt; menu, it will help you build a nice section menu, which included with core page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After done click on Custom Links and place id name with hash tag like &lt;code&gt;#hero-unit&lt;/code&gt; = Home. Now click on Add to Menu to create your preferred menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You must place specific id name to create specific menu item. For menu item &lt;code&gt;Home = #hero-unit, About = #about, Feature = #feature&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;Testimonial = #testimonial, Portfolio = #portfolio, Contact = #contact&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Customization&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Switch comes with a fantastic a powerful &quot;WordPress Customization&quot; admin panel from where you can update almost every part of the theme. Just go to your &lt;strong&gt;WordPress admin panel &amp;gt; Appearance&lt;/strong&gt; and click on &lt;strong&gt;Customize&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch/customizer.png&quot; alt=&quot;Customize Image&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;General Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From the General Settings sections, you can change &lt;strong&gt;Preloader Enable/Disable &amp;amp; Body Font Size&lt;/strong&gt;. The management panel looks like this. &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch/loader.png&quot; alt=&quot;global Image&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Site Identity&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From the Site Identity sections, you can change &lt;strong&gt;logo&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Slider Option&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From this section in &lt;strong&gt;Home Page Settings &amp;gt; Slider&lt;/strong&gt;, you can manage the homepage &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Features&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Feature section also requires that you create a &lt;strong&gt;Home Page Settings &amp;gt; Feature&lt;/strong&gt; post first, then tune up the look-n-feel from the &lt;strong&gt;Feature&lt;/strong&gt;. settings area. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;About&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From &lt;strong&gt;Home Page Settings &amp;gt; About&lt;/strong&gt; settings, you can add as many About section details. &lt;strong&gt;About Us&lt;/strong&gt;. looks like the following screen. You can turn it off and also change the title from here.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Testimonials&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Testimonial section also requires that you create a &lt;strong&gt;Home Page Settings &amp;gt; Testimonial&lt;/strong&gt; items from repeater first, then tune up the look-n-feel from the &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial&lt;/strong&gt;. settings area.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Team&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Team section also requires that you go to &lt;strong&gt;Home Page Settings &amp;gt; Team&lt;/strong&gt; then tune up the look-n-feel from the &lt;strong&gt;Team&lt;/strong&gt;. settings area.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Portfolio&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In Switch you can create unlimited portfolio galleries and select any one to display any time. To create a nice &lt;strong&gt;Portfolio&lt;/strong&gt;. Please go the &lt;strong&gt;Home Page Settings &amp;gt; Portfolio&lt;/strong&gt; click on.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Contact&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From contact area, you can specify your &lt;strong&gt;Contact&lt;/strong&gt; details as well as who will receive the contact emails. You can also specify the &lt;strong&gt;google map&lt;/strong&gt;. You will get a shortcode from contact from 7 Or weForms. Just copy it and paste to customization contact option Please go the &lt;strong&gt;Home Page Settings &amp;gt; Contact&lt;/strong&gt; click on.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Contact from&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;when you install the theme it requires a plugin called contact form 7. Just install that plugin and open it. You will get a shortcoad . please copy that code and paste it into &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard admin &amp;gt; Contact/weForms&lt;/strong&gt; .&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In Switch you can put your copyright. To create a nice &lt;strong&gt;Footer&lt;/strong&gt;. Please go the &lt;strong&gt;Footer&lt;/strong&gt; click on.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<category term="WordPress Themes" />
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<title>Amenity</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/amenity"/>
		<published>2017-12-05T17:31:30+06:00</published>
		<updated>2017-12-05T17:31:30+06:00</updated>
		<id>https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/amenity</id>
		<author>
			<name>Parvez Akther</name>
			<email>parvez@themexpert.com</email>
		</author>
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;An absolutely stunning, well-organized business purpose WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/docs/joomla-templates/delicious&quot;&gt;theme &lt;/a&gt;that can able to take all the responsibilities to represent an organizational website in such a way which leaves an everlasting sketch on visitors mind.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Meaningful Trendy Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Home Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Huge Built-in Pages&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Optimized&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic Navigation Menu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Collapsing Transaction&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social Sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Social Commenting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Animation Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Contact Form 7&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Instagram Feed&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Pagebuilder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run OneCorp smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to OneCorp [&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;] page on download the &lt;strong&gt;amenity_package.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file. In this &lt;strong&gt;amenity.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file, you have everything you need.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install OneCorp theme on your server. Its quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply OneCorp theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;onecorp.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of OneCorp theme. So, before getting started with the installing process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire onecorp.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the onecorp.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are four plugins, required for OneCorp theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;OneCorp Core: theme core functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Pagebuilder: Drag and Drop pagebuilder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework: Used to build its backend admin panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2: For building meta boxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Contact Form 7&lt;/strong&gt; (optional).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Instagram Slider Widget&lt;/strong&gt; (optional).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;MailChimp&lt;/strong&gt; (optional).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all those four required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here: &lt;a title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatic plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/import.png&quot; alt=&quot;Demo Data&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;code&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/import2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Demo Data&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It will take some times to load all demo data on your server. Wait till it shows you a successful data importing message.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Settings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can differently customize theme according to your need using Easy Customization feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;OneCorp&lt;/strong&gt; at left-bottom corner of the module screen to open up &lt;em&gt;Theme Setting&lt;/em&gt; panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Global Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/global.png&quot; alt=&quot;Global Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Breadcrumb&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you the control over enabling or disabling &lt;em&gt;breadcrumb&lt;/em&gt; for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable &lt;em&gt;Preloader&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Blog Social Share Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable social sharing option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/header.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Options&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the text size.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Transform&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the text transform option- whether you want the text to transform into Uppercase letters or Lowercase letters.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the header variation from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose whether you want the header to be absolute in position or fixed position.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Affix Switch&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable Affix option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your branding logo using the &lt;strong&gt;Upload&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose Background Color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose menu color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Switch&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable Purchase button on the header area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text if it's enabled.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The above two options only can be found if the &lt;strong&gt;Button Switch&lt;/strong&gt; option is enabled.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred color to set as the theme primary color from the color picker. You can choose transparent instead.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Hover &amp;amp; Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred color to set as the Menu hover &amp;amp; Active color. Alternately, you can choose transparent as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Background Image&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/backgroundImage.png&quot; alt=&quot;Background Image&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Select and upload image for 404 Page Header Background using the upload button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload the 404 image using the upload button next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose and upload image for search result background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose and upload image for category page header background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sidebar Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/sidebar.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;List SIdebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing list sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Detail Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;Details SIdebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing details sidebar, unlikely the List Sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Fonts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/customFonts.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for body.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Heading Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/footer.png&quot; alt=&quot;Footer&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Related Post Enable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing related posts on the footer area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Columns&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns to show the footer content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for the footer text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for the footer background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Copyright&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your branding logo using the upload button next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable List&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing navigation menu at the footer area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Company&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the homepage URL against &lt;em&gt;Our Company&lt;/em&gt; menu item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;About Us&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the about page URL against About nav menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Product&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the Product page URL against Product nav menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Work&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the URL of your services page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Social Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing social icon. If its enabled- you can put their individual profile URL on the following corresponding boxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Facebook&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your facebook profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Twitter&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your twitter profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Instagram&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your instagram profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Linkedin&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your linkedin profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Email Address&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your email address here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the footer navigation menu items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for footer top background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your copyright text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Credit&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to give us credit, enable this option and keep the credit text as it is.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Credit&lt;/strong&gt; : Remove this credit text if you don’t want to give us a thumbs up.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for credit text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a background color for this area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import / Export&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/importExport.png&quot; alt=&quot;Import / Export&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to import your custom theme settings if you have preserved any.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Download Data File&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to download the theme options as a &lt;strong&gt;.json&lt;/strong&gt; file for further use in any other wp-themes. You just have to import that .json file using the &lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; button then.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose your preferred home variation from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.(optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/home1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Elements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can simply add an element on a page. All you need to do, just drag the element you want to add and drop it in a page then customize its setting as your preferences. You will have plenty of default elements to add or you can add our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;OneCorp&lt;/em&gt; theme from the &lt;strong&gt;OneCorp Elements&lt;/strong&gt; tab on the elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/elements.png&quot; alt=&quot;Elements&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor is the one of the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;a title=&quot;Getting Started with Elementor&quot; href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3B5HL11uhVE&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 1&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=joWTUN77hnA&quot;&gt;Learn How to Build Your Page Layout on Elementor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 2&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HkD_Lx-DGn4&quot;&gt;Style Options for Sections and Columns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 3&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gkTfyjG38g&quot;&gt;Padding, Margin, Responsive and Other Settings in the Advanced Tab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/&quot;&gt;https://docs.elementor.com/&lt;/a&gt; you can find see the complete documentation of elementor page builder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;IMPORTANT&lt;/strong&gt;: You have to disable &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Colors&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Fonts&lt;/strong&gt; options from &lt;code&gt;Elementor&amp;gt; General&lt;/code&gt; in order get your custom styles worked on any elements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our theme specific elements can be found in &lt;strong&gt;OneCorp&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Homepage 1 : Business&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/slider1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/slider2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ADD ITEM&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create new slider items. Having created an item, just by a single mouse click- there are a couple of options will appear below this.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the slider title here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Slider Image&lt;/strong&gt; : This upload button lets you upload image for the current slider item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding button URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/slider3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the content options according to your need. You can customize typography, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the button options as you want. This includes Button text, color, border, text size and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Control Options&lt;/strong&gt; : This includes slider speed, background repetition, size and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/slider4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Feature&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/customFeature1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Feature&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Custom Feature&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Custom Feature&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/customFeature2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Feature&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show this element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the border radius in pixel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the padding space in pixel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the alignment for the item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Shadow Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload shadow image using the upload button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Feature Style&lt;/strong&gt; : In this tab, you’ll find various configuration settings to change the typography, border, background hover and much more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/customFeature3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Feature&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/testimonial31.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial 3&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/testimonial32.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial 3&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Using Typography option you can create your preferred typography for title, designation, and testimonial text as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define where you want to place the testimonial text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color Options&lt;/strong&gt; : You can change the text colors according to your preference from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/testimonial33.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial 3&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Team 3&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team31.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 3&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Team 3&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Team 3&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team32.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 3&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Team Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload Team Member Image using the upload button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the member name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Designation&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the designation text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the social site name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the social icon from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team33.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 3&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for designation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for Social Icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team34.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 3&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Portfolio 1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Portfolio 1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Portfolio 1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio12.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Shows&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of items to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns to show the items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing between two items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Enable/ Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable category filtering above the portfolio.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the filter layout style from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of border radius to apply.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the padding space between the items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Portfolio Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you can find additional styling options for the portfolio.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio13.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Homepage 2 : Agency&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/slider1-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Portfolio 2&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio21.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Portfolio 2&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Portfolio 2&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio22.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Shows&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of items to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns to show the items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing between two items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Enable/ Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable category filtering above the portfolio.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the filter layout style from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Portfolio Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you can find additional styling options for the portfolio.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio23.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Team 5&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team51.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 5&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Team 5&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Team 5&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team52.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 5&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Team Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload Team Member Image using the upload button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the member name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Designation&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the designation text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the social site name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the social icon from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team53.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 5&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for designation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for Social Icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team54.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 5&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Blog 4&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/blog41.png&quot; alt=&quot;Blog 4&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Blog 4&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Blog 4&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/blog42.png&quot; alt=&quot;Blog 4&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you can find options to change the typography and text color for the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you can find options to change the typography and text color for the content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you can find some additional options like- meta changing color, date color, background color for date, post hover color, overlay color and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/blog43.png&quot; alt=&quot;Blog 4&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Homepage 3 : Personal&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Project Slide&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Project Slide&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Project Slide&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Enabling this option allows you to entirely customize the typography including font size, weight, line height, letter spacing, and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing for the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color to apply as overlay color on the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you will find various configuration options to customize your navigation menu style.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/testimonial3-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial 3&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Team 6&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team61.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 6&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Team 6&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Team 6&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team62.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 6&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Team Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload Team Member Image using the upload button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the member name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Designation&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the designation text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the social site name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the social icon from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team63.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 6&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for designation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for Social Icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team64.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 6&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;An absolutely stunning, well-organized business purpose WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/docs/joomla-templates/delicious&quot;&gt;theme &lt;/a&gt;that can able to take all the responsibilities to represent an organizational website in such a way which leaves an everlasting sketch on visitors mind.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Meaningful Trendy Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Home Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Huge Built-in Pages&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Optimized&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic Navigation Menu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Collapsing Transaction&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social Sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Social Commenting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Animation Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Contact Form 7&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Instagram Feed&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Pagebuilder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run OneCorp smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to OneCorp [&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;] page on download the &lt;strong&gt;amenity_package.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file. In this &lt;strong&gt;amenity.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file, you have everything you need.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install OneCorp theme on your server. Its quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply OneCorp theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;onecorp.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of OneCorp theme. So, before getting started with the installing process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire onecorp.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the onecorp.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are four plugins, required for OneCorp theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;OneCorp Core: theme core functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Pagebuilder: Drag and Drop pagebuilder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework: Used to build its backend admin panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2: For building meta boxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Contact Form 7&lt;/strong&gt; (optional).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Instagram Slider Widget&lt;/strong&gt; (optional).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;MailChimp&lt;/strong&gt; (optional).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all those four required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here: &lt;a title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatic plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/import.png&quot; alt=&quot;Demo Data&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;code&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/import2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Demo Data&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It will take some times to load all demo data on your server. Wait till it shows you a successful data importing message.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Settings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can differently customize theme according to your need using Easy Customization feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;OneCorp&lt;/strong&gt; at left-bottom corner of the module screen to open up &lt;em&gt;Theme Setting&lt;/em&gt; panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Global Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/global.png&quot; alt=&quot;Global Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Breadcrumb&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you the control over enabling or disabling &lt;em&gt;breadcrumb&lt;/em&gt; for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable &lt;em&gt;Preloader&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Blog Social Share Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable social sharing option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/header.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Options&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the text size.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Transform&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the text transform option- whether you want the text to transform into Uppercase letters or Lowercase letters.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the header variation from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose whether you want the header to be absolute in position or fixed position.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Affix Switch&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable Affix option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your branding logo using the &lt;strong&gt;Upload&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose Background Color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose menu color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Switch&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable Purchase button on the header area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text if it's enabled.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The above two options only can be found if the &lt;strong&gt;Button Switch&lt;/strong&gt; option is enabled.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred color to set as the theme primary color from the color picker. You can choose transparent instead.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Hover &amp;amp; Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred color to set as the Menu hover &amp;amp; Active color. Alternately, you can choose transparent as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Background Image&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/backgroundImage.png&quot; alt=&quot;Background Image&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Select and upload image for 404 Page Header Background using the upload button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload the 404 image using the upload button next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose and upload image for search result background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose and upload image for category page header background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sidebar Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/sidebar.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;List SIdebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing list sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Detail Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;Details SIdebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing details sidebar, unlikely the List Sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Fonts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/customFonts.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for body.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Heading Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/footer.png&quot; alt=&quot;Footer&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Related Post Enable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing related posts on the footer area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Columns&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns to show the footer content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for the footer text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for the footer background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Copyright&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your branding logo using the upload button next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable List&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing navigation menu at the footer area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Company&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the homepage URL against &lt;em&gt;Our Company&lt;/em&gt; menu item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;About Us&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the about page URL against About nav menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Product&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the Product page URL against Product nav menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Work&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the URL of your services page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Social Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing social icon. If its enabled- you can put their individual profile URL on the following corresponding boxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Facebook&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your facebook profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Twitter&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your twitter profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Instagram&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your instagram profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Linkedin&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your linkedin profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Email Address&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your email address here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the footer navigation menu items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for footer top background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your copyright text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Credit&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to give us credit, enable this option and keep the credit text as it is.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Credit&lt;/strong&gt; : Remove this credit text if you don’t want to give us a thumbs up.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for credit text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a background color for this area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import / Export&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/importExport.png&quot; alt=&quot;Import / Export&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to import your custom theme settings if you have preserved any.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Download Data File&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to download the theme options as a &lt;strong&gt;.json&lt;/strong&gt; file for further use in any other wp-themes. You just have to import that .json file using the &lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; button then.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose your preferred home variation from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.(optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/home1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Elements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can simply add an element on a page. All you need to do, just drag the element you want to add and drop it in a page then customize its setting as your preferences. You will have plenty of default elements to add or you can add our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;OneCorp&lt;/em&gt; theme from the &lt;strong&gt;OneCorp Elements&lt;/strong&gt; tab on the elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/elements.png&quot; alt=&quot;Elements&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor is the one of the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;a title=&quot;Getting Started with Elementor&quot; href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3B5HL11uhVE&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 1&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=joWTUN77hnA&quot;&gt;Learn How to Build Your Page Layout on Elementor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 2&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HkD_Lx-DGn4&quot;&gt;Style Options for Sections and Columns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 3&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gkTfyjG38g&quot;&gt;Padding, Margin, Responsive and Other Settings in the Advanced Tab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/&quot;&gt;https://docs.elementor.com/&lt;/a&gt; you can find see the complete documentation of elementor page builder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;IMPORTANT&lt;/strong&gt;: You have to disable &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Colors&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Fonts&lt;/strong&gt; options from &lt;code&gt;Elementor&amp;gt; General&lt;/code&gt; in order get your custom styles worked on any elements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our theme specific elements can be found in &lt;strong&gt;OneCorp&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Homepage 1 : Business&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/slider1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/slider2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ADD ITEM&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create new slider items. Having created an item, just by a single mouse click- there are a couple of options will appear below this.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the slider title here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Slider Image&lt;/strong&gt; : This upload button lets you upload image for the current slider item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding button URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/slider3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the content options according to your need. You can customize typography, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the button options as you want. This includes Button text, color, border, text size and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Control Options&lt;/strong&gt; : This includes slider speed, background repetition, size and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/slider4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Feature&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/customFeature1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Feature&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Custom Feature&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Custom Feature&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/customFeature2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Feature&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show this element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the border radius in pixel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the padding space in pixel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the alignment for the item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Shadow Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload shadow image using the upload button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Feature Style&lt;/strong&gt; : In this tab, you’ll find various configuration settings to change the typography, border, background hover and much more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/customFeature3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Feature&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/testimonial31.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial 3&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/testimonial32.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial 3&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Using Typography option you can create your preferred typography for title, designation, and testimonial text as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define where you want to place the testimonial text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color Options&lt;/strong&gt; : You can change the text colors according to your preference from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/testimonial33.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial 3&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Team 3&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team31.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 3&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Team 3&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Team 3&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team32.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 3&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Team Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload Team Member Image using the upload button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the member name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Designation&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the designation text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the social site name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the social icon from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team33.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 3&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for designation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for Social Icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team34.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 3&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Portfolio 1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Portfolio 1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Portfolio 1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio12.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Shows&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of items to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns to show the items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing between two items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Enable/ Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable category filtering above the portfolio.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the filter layout style from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of border radius to apply.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the padding space between the items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Portfolio Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you can find additional styling options for the portfolio.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio13.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Homepage 2 : Agency&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/slider1-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Portfolio 2&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio21.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Portfolio 2&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Portfolio 2&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio22.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Shows&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of items to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns to show the items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing between two items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Enable/ Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable category filtering above the portfolio.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the filter layout style from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Portfolio Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you can find additional styling options for the portfolio.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio23.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Team 5&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team51.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 5&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Team 5&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Team 5&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team52.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 5&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Team Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload Team Member Image using the upload button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the member name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Designation&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the designation text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the social site name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the social icon from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team53.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 5&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for designation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for Social Icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team54.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 5&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Blog 4&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/blog41.png&quot; alt=&quot;Blog 4&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Blog 4&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Blog 4&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/blog42.png&quot; alt=&quot;Blog 4&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you can find options to change the typography and text color for the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you can find options to change the typography and text color for the content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you can find some additional options like- meta changing color, date color, background color for date, post hover color, overlay color and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/blog43.png&quot; alt=&quot;Blog 4&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Homepage 3 : Personal&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Project Slide&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Project Slide&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Project Slide&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Enabling this option allows you to entirely customize the typography including font size, weight, line height, letter spacing, and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing for the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color to apply as overlay color on the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you will find various configuration options to customize your navigation menu style.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/testimonial3-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial 3&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Team 6&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team61.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 6&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Team 6&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Team 6&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team62.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 6&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Team Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload Team Member Image using the upload button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the member name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Designation&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the designation text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the social site name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the social icon from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team63.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 6&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for designation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for Social Icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team64.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 6&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</content>
		<category term="WordPress Themes" />
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<title>Onecorp</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp"/>
		<published>2017-10-07T19:12:08+06:00</published>
		<updated>2017-10-07T19:12:08+06:00</updated>
		<id>https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp</id>
		<author>
			<name>Parvez Akther</name>
			<email>parvez@themexpert.com</email>
		</author>
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;An absolutely stunning, well-organized business purpose WordPress theme that can able to take all the responsibilities to represent an organizational website in such a way which leaves an everlasting sketch on visitors mind.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Meaningful Trendy Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Home Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Huge Built-in Pages&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Optimized&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic Navigation Menu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Collapsing Transaction&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social Sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Social Commenting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Animation Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Contact Form 7&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Instagram Feed&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Pagebuilder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run OneCorp smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to OneCorp &lt;a href=&quot;https://themeforest.net/item/&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; page on &lt;strong&gt;www.themeforest.net&lt;/strong&gt; then download the &lt;strong&gt;OneCorpPackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file. In this &lt;strong&gt;.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file, you have everything you need.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot; title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install OneCorp theme on your server. Its quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply OneCorp theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;onecorp.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of OneCorp theme. So, before getting started with the installing process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire onecorp.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the onecorp.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are four plugins, required for OneCorp theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;OneCorp Core: theme core functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Pagebuilder: Drag and Drop pagebuilder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework: Used to build its backend admin panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2: For building meta boxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Contact Form 7&lt;/strong&gt; (optional).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Instagram Widget&lt;/strong&gt; (optional).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Instagram Slider Widget&lt;/strong&gt; (optional).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;MailChimp&lt;/strong&gt; (optional).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all those four required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot; title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatic plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot; title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/import.png&quot; alt=&quot;Demo Data&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;code&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/import2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Demo Data&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It will take some times to load all demo data on your server. Wait till it shows you a successful data importing message.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Settings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can differently customize theme according to your need using Easy Customization feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;OneCorp&lt;/strong&gt; at left-bottom corner of the module screen to open up &lt;em&gt;Theme Setting&lt;/em&gt; panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Global Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/global.png&quot; alt=&quot;Global Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Breadcrumb&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you the control over enabling or disabling &lt;em&gt;breadcrumb&lt;/em&gt; for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable &lt;em&gt;Preloader&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Blog Social Share Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable social sharing option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/header.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Options&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the text size.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Transform&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the text transform option- whether you want the text to transform into Uppercase letters or Lowercase letters.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the header variation from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose whether you want the header to be absolute in position or fixed position.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Affix Switch&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable Affix option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your branding logo using the &lt;strong&gt;Upload&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose Background Color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose menu color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Switch&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable Purchase button on the header area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text if it's enabled.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The above two options only can be found if the &lt;strong&gt;Button Switch&lt;/strong&gt; option is enabled.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred color to set as the theme primary color from the color picker. You can choose transparent instead.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Hover &amp;amp; Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred color to set as the Menu hover &amp;amp; Active color. Alternately, you can choose transparent as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Background Image&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/backgroundImage.png&quot; alt=&quot;Background Image&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Select and upload image for 404 Page Header Background using the upload button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload the 404 image using the upload button next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose and upload image for search result background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose and upload image for category page header background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sidebar Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/sidebar.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;List SIdebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing list sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Detail Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;Details SIdebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing details sidebar, unlikely the List Sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Fonts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/customFonts.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for body.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Heading Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/footer.png&quot; alt=&quot;Footer&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Related Post Enable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing related posts on the footer area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Columns&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns to show the footer content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for the footer text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for the footer background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Copyright&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your branding logo using the upload button next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable List&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing navigation menu at the footer area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Company&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the homepage URL against &lt;em&gt;Our Company&lt;/em&gt; menu item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;About Us&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the about page URL against About nav menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Product&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the Product page URL against Product nav menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Work&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the URL of your services page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Social Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing social icon. If its enabled- you can put their individual profile URL on the following corresponding boxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Facebook&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your facebook profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Twitter&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your twitter profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Instagram&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your instagram profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Linkedin&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your linkedin profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Email Address&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your email address here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the footer navigation menu items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for footer top background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your copyright text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Credit&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to give us credit, enable this option and keep the credit text as it is.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Credit&lt;/strong&gt; : Remove this credit text if you don’t want to give us a thumbs up.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for credit text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a background color for this area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import / Export&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/importExport.png&quot; alt=&quot;Import / Export&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to import your custom theme settings if you have preserved any.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Download Data File&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to download the theme options as a &lt;strong&gt;.json&lt;/strong&gt; file for further use in any other wp-themes. You just have to import that .json file using the &lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; button then.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose your preferred home variation from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.(optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/home1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Elements&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can simply add an element on a page. All you need to do, just drag the element you want to add and drop it in a page then customize its setting as your preferences. You will have plenty of default elements to add or you can add our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;OneCorp&lt;/em&gt; theme from the &lt;strong&gt;OneCorp Elements&lt;/strong&gt; tab on the elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/elements.png&quot; alt=&quot;Elements&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor is the one of the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3B5HL11uhVE&quot; title=&quot;Getting Started with Elementor&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 1&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=joWTUN77hnA&quot;&gt;Learn How to Build Your Page Layout on Elementor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 2&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HkD_Lx-DGn4&quot;&gt;Style Options for Sections and Columns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 3&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gkTfyjG38g&quot;&gt;Padding, Margin, Responsive and Other Settings in the Advanced Tab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/&quot;&gt;https://docs.elementor.com/&lt;/a&gt; you can find see the complete documentation of elementor page builder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;IMPORTANT&lt;/strong&gt;: You have to disable &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Colors&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Fonts&lt;/strong&gt; options from &lt;code&gt;Elementor&amp;gt; General&lt;/code&gt; in order get your custom styles worked on any elements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our theme specific elements can be found in &lt;strong&gt;OneCorp&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Homepage 1 : Business&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/slider1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/slider2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ADD ITEM&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create new slider items. Having created an item, just by a single mouse click- there are a couple of options will appear below this.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the slider title here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Slider Image&lt;/strong&gt; : This upload button lets you upload image for the current slider item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding button URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/slider3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the content options according to your need. You can customize typography, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the button options as you want. This includes Button text, color, border, text size and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Control Options&lt;/strong&gt; : This includes slider speed, background repetition, size and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/slider4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Feature&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/customFeature1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Feature&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Custom Feature&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Custom Feature&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/customFeature2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Feature&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show this element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the border radius in pixel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the padding space in pixel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the alignment for the item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Shadow Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload shadow image using the upload button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Feature Style&lt;/strong&gt; : In this tab, you’ll find various configuration settings to change the typography, border, background hover and much more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/customFeature3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Feature&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/testimonial31.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial 3&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/testimonial32.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial 3&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Using Typography option you can create your preferred typography for title, designation, and testimonial text as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define where you want to place the testimonial text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color Options&lt;/strong&gt; : You can change the text colors according to your preference from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/testimonial33.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial 3&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Team 3&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team31.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 3&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Team 3&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Team 3&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team32.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 3&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Team Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload Team Member Image using the upload button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the member name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Designation&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the designation text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the social site name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the social icon from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team33.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 3&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for designation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for Social Icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team34.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 3&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Portfolio 1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Portfolio 1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Portfolio 1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio12.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Shows&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of items to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns to show the items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing between two items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Enable/ Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable category filtering above the portfolio.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the filter layout style from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of border radius to apply.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the padding space between the items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Portfolio Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you can find additional styling options for the portfolio.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio13.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Homepage 2 : Agency&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/slider1-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Portfolio 2&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio21.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Portfolio 2&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Portfolio 2&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio22.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Shows&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of items to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns to show the items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing between two items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Enable/ Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable category filtering above the portfolio.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the filter layout style from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Portfolio Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you can find additional styling options for the portfolio.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio23.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Team 5&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team51.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 5&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Team 5&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Team 5&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team52.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 5&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Team Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload Team Member Image using the upload button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the member name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Designation&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the designation text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the social site name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the social icon from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team53.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 5&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for designation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for Social Icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team54.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 5&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Blog 4&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/blog41.png&quot; alt=&quot;Blog 4&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Blog 4&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Blog 4&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/blog42.png&quot; alt=&quot;Blog 4&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you can find options to change the typography and text color for the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you can find options to change the typography and text color for the content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you can find some additional options like- meta changing color, date color, background color for date, post hover color, overlay color and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/blog43.png&quot; alt=&quot;Blog 4&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Homepage 3 : Personal&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Project Slide&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Project Slide&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Project Slide&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Enabling this option allows you to entirely customize the typography including font size, weight, line height, letter spacing, and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing for the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color to apply as overlay color on the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you will find various configuration options to customize your navigation menu style.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/testimonial3-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial 3&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Team 6&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team61.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 6&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Team 6&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Team 6&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team62.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 6&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Team Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload Team Member Image using the upload button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the member name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Designation&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the designation text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the social site name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the social icon from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team63.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 6&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for designation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for Social Icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team64.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 6&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;An absolutely stunning, well-organized business purpose WordPress theme that can able to take all the responsibilities to represent an organizational website in such a way which leaves an everlasting sketch on visitors mind.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Meaningful Trendy Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Home Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Huge Built-in Pages&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Optimized&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic Navigation Menu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Collapsing Transaction&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social Sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Social Commenting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Animation Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Contact Form 7&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Instagram Feed&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Pagebuilder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run OneCorp smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to OneCorp &lt;a href=&quot;https://themeforest.net/item/&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; page on &lt;strong&gt;www.themeforest.net&lt;/strong&gt; then download the &lt;strong&gt;OneCorpPackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file. In this &lt;strong&gt;.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file, you have everything you need.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot; title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install OneCorp theme on your server. Its quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply OneCorp theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;onecorp.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of OneCorp theme. So, before getting started with the installing process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire onecorp.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the onecorp.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are four plugins, required for OneCorp theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;OneCorp Core: theme core functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Pagebuilder: Drag and Drop pagebuilder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework: Used to build its backend admin panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2: For building meta boxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Contact Form 7&lt;/strong&gt; (optional).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Instagram Widget&lt;/strong&gt; (optional).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Instagram Slider Widget&lt;/strong&gt; (optional).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;MailChimp&lt;/strong&gt; (optional).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all those four required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot; title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatic plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot; title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/import.png&quot; alt=&quot;Demo Data&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;code&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/import2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Demo Data&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It will take some times to load all demo data on your server. Wait till it shows you a successful data importing message.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Settings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can differently customize theme according to your need using Easy Customization feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;OneCorp&lt;/strong&gt; at left-bottom corner of the module screen to open up &lt;em&gt;Theme Setting&lt;/em&gt; panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Global Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/global.png&quot; alt=&quot;Global Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Breadcrumb&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you the control over enabling or disabling &lt;em&gt;breadcrumb&lt;/em&gt; for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable &lt;em&gt;Preloader&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Blog Social Share Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable social sharing option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/header.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Options&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the text size.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Transform&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the text transform option- whether you want the text to transform into Uppercase letters or Lowercase letters.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the header variation from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose whether you want the header to be absolute in position or fixed position.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Affix Switch&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable Affix option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your branding logo using the &lt;strong&gt;Upload&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose Background Color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose menu color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Switch&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable Purchase button on the header area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text if it's enabled.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The above two options only can be found if the &lt;strong&gt;Button Switch&lt;/strong&gt; option is enabled.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred color to set as the theme primary color from the color picker. You can choose transparent instead.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Hover &amp;amp; Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred color to set as the Menu hover &amp;amp; Active color. Alternately, you can choose transparent as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Background Image&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/backgroundImage.png&quot; alt=&quot;Background Image&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Select and upload image for 404 Page Header Background using the upload button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload the 404 image using the upload button next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose and upload image for search result background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose and upload image for category page header background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sidebar Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/sidebar.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;List SIdebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing list sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Detail Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of &lt;strong&gt;Details SIdebar&lt;/strong&gt;. Either you can disable- showing details sidebar, unlikely the List Sidebar, just to pick &lt;strong&gt;No Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Fonts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/customFonts.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for body.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Heading Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred font family, font-weight and styles, font subset, size, line height, color including define text align for menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/footer.png&quot; alt=&quot;Footer&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Related Post Enable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing related posts on the footer area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Columns&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns to show the footer content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for the footer text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for the footer background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Copyright&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your branding logo using the upload button next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable List&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing navigation menu at the footer area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Company&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the homepage URL against &lt;em&gt;Our Company&lt;/em&gt; menu item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;About Us&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the about page URL against About nav menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Product&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the Product page URL against Product nav menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Work&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the URL of your services page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Social Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing social icon. If its enabled- you can put their individual profile URL on the following corresponding boxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Facebook&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your facebook profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Twitter&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your twitter profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Instagram&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your instagram profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Linkedin&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your linkedin profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Email Address&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your email address here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the footer navigation menu items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for footer top background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your copyright text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Credit&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to give us credit, enable this option and keep the credit text as it is.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Credit&lt;/strong&gt; : Remove this credit text if you don’t want to give us a thumbs up.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for credit text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a background color for this area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import / Export&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/importExport.png&quot; alt=&quot;Import / Export&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to import your custom theme settings if you have preserved any.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Download Data File&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to download the theme options as a &lt;strong&gt;.json&lt;/strong&gt; file for further use in any other wp-themes. You just have to import that .json file using the &lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; button then.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose your preferred home variation from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.(optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/home1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Elements&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can simply add an element on a page. All you need to do, just drag the element you want to add and drop it in a page then customize its setting as your preferences. You will have plenty of default elements to add or you can add our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;OneCorp&lt;/em&gt; theme from the &lt;strong&gt;OneCorp Elements&lt;/strong&gt; tab on the elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/elements.png&quot; alt=&quot;Elements&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor is the one of the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3B5HL11uhVE&quot; title=&quot;Getting Started with Elementor&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 1&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=joWTUN77hnA&quot;&gt;Learn How to Build Your Page Layout on Elementor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 2&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HkD_Lx-DGn4&quot;&gt;Style Options for Sections and Columns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 3&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gkTfyjG38g&quot;&gt;Padding, Margin, Responsive and Other Settings in the Advanced Tab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/&quot;&gt;https://docs.elementor.com/&lt;/a&gt; you can find see the complete documentation of elementor page builder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;IMPORTANT&lt;/strong&gt;: You have to disable &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Colors&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Fonts&lt;/strong&gt; options from &lt;code&gt;Elementor&amp;gt; General&lt;/code&gt; in order get your custom styles worked on any elements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our theme specific elements can be found in &lt;strong&gt;OneCorp&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Homepage 1 : Business&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/slider1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/slider2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ADD ITEM&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create new slider items. Having created an item, just by a single mouse click- there are a couple of options will appear below this.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the slider title here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Slider Image&lt;/strong&gt; : This upload button lets you upload image for the current slider item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding button URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/slider3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the content options according to your need. You can customize typography, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the button options as you want. This includes Button text, color, border, text size and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Control Options&lt;/strong&gt; : This includes slider speed, background repetition, size and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/slider4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Feature&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/customFeature1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Feature&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Custom Feature&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Custom Feature&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/customFeature2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Feature&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show this element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the border radius in pixel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the padding space in pixel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the alignment for the item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Shadow Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload shadow image using the upload button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Feature Style&lt;/strong&gt; : In this tab, you’ll find various configuration settings to change the typography, border, background hover and much more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/customFeature3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Feature&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/testimonial31.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial 3&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/testimonial32.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial 3&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Using Typography option you can create your preferred typography for title, designation, and testimonial text as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define where you want to place the testimonial text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color Options&lt;/strong&gt; : You can change the text colors according to your preference from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/testimonial33.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial 3&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Team 3&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team31.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 3&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Team 3&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Team 3&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team32.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 3&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Team Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload Team Member Image using the upload button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the member name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Designation&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the designation text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the social site name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the social icon from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team33.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 3&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for designation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for Social Icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team34.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 3&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Portfolio 1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Portfolio 1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Portfolio 1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio12.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Shows&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of items to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns to show the items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing between two items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Enable/ Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable category filtering above the portfolio.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the filter layout style from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of border radius to apply.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the padding space between the items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Portfolio Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you can find additional styling options for the portfolio.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio13.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Homepage 2 : Agency&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/slider1-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Portfolio 2&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio21.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Portfolio 2&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Portfolio 2&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio22.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Shows&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of items to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns to show the items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing between two items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Enable/ Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable category filtering above the portfolio.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the filter layout style from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Portfolio Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you can find additional styling options for the portfolio.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/portfolio23.png&quot; alt=&quot;Portfolio 1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Team 5&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team51.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 5&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Team 5&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Team 5&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team52.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 5&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Team Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload Team Member Image using the upload button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the member name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Designation&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the designation text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the social site name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the social icon from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team53.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 5&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for designation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for Social Icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team54.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 5&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Blog 4&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/blog41.png&quot; alt=&quot;Blog 4&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Blog 4&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Blog 4&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/blog42.png&quot; alt=&quot;Blog 4&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you can find options to change the typography and text color for the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you can find options to change the typography and text color for the content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you can find some additional options like- meta changing color, date color, background color for date, post hover color, overlay color and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/blog43.png&quot; alt=&quot;Blog 4&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Homepage 3 : Personal&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Project Slide&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Project Slide&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Project Slide&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Enabling this option allows you to entirely customize the typography including font size, weight, line height, letter spacing, and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing for the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color to apply as overlay color on the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Under this tab, you will find various configuration options to customize your navigation menu style.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/testimonial3-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial 3&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial 3&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Team 6&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team61.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 6&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Team 6&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Team 6&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;ONECORP ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team62.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 6&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Team Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload Team Member Image using the upload button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the member name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Designation&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the designation text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the social site name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the social icon from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team63.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 6&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for designation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize different configuration options for Social Icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/onecorp/team64.png&quot; alt=&quot;Team 6&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</content>
		<category term="WordPress Themes" />
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<title>Perfecto</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/perfecto"/>
		<published>2017-08-18T15:08:58+06:00</published>
		<updated>2017-08-18T15:08:58+06:00</updated>
		<id>https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/perfecto</id>
		<author>
			<name>Parvez Akther</name>
			<email>parvez@themexpert.com</email>
		</author>
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;An absolutely stunning, well-organized business purpose WordPress theme that can able to take all the responsibilities to represent an organizational website in such a way which leaves an everlasting sketch on visitors mind.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;One Click Demo Import&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Stunning Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Unlimited Color Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Optimized&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Awesome Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Collapsing Transaction&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social Sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Social Commenting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag and Drop page builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Organized Team section&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Sticky Headers&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Neat Testimonial Section&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run Perfecto smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to Perfecto &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/#&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;strong&gt;PerfectoPackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file. In this &lt;strong&gt;perfecto.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file, you have everything you need.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/docs/joomla-templates/cursor&quot;&gt;theme&lt;/a&gt;, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install Perfecto theme on your server. Its quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply Perfecto theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;perfecto.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of Perfecto theme. So, before getting started with the installing process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire perfecto.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the perfecto.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Alternative: Upload Perfecto via FTP&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In case you wish install the theme via FTP, proceed as follows:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Unzip &lt;strong&gt;perfecto.zip&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Login to your hosting space via an FTP Client&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Upload the whole contents of the unzipped &lt;strong&gt;perfecto.zip&lt;/strong&gt; into wp-content/themes/ folder under your WordPress installation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Once you’ve uploaded the theme you can open &lt;strong&gt;Appearance → Themes&lt;/strong&gt; page and activate the theme from list. After that you need to install and activate the plugins as described above.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are four plugins, required for Perfecto theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/required.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Perfecto Core: Theme Core Functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2: The metabox framework we used to create metaboxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor: Drag and Drop page builder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework: The option framework we used to create options panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;recommended&lt;/strong&gt;)One Click Demo Import : Import demo data with one click.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;recommended&lt;/strong&gt;)Contact Form 7 : For creating the contact form.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;recommended&lt;/strong&gt;)Instagram Widget: Instagram social widget.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;recommended&lt;/strong&gt;)MailChimp: Email subscription toolkit.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Before activating those plugins, you have to install them manually. To do so,&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Install Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select those required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From the drop-down menu, select &lt;strong&gt;Install&lt;/strong&gt; and click on Apply.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After plugins installation been completed, to activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&amp;gt; Installed Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all those required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here: &lt;a title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatic plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory.Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/demo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Just click on the &lt;strong&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/strong&gt; button below of the module and it’ll successfully import with taking a minimum amount of time.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Options&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Perfecto has an advanced admin panel for Theme Options, which gives you plenty of options and settings to customize your website. Go to &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Perfecto Options&lt;/strong&gt; and you will get Perfecto admin panel. All settings are organized in logical sections and have brief descriptions of what they do. A lot of these settings are self explanatory.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Things to Remember&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Always click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; in order to make your settings take effect.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;By clicking on &lt;strong&gt;Reset Section&lt;/strong&gt; you can reset current section you are customizing and with &lt;strong&gt;Reset All&lt;/strong&gt; you can reset all your settings to the defaults.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can always make a backup and/or restore your settings by using &lt;strong&gt;Import/Export&lt;/strong&gt; option in admin panel. So you can freely experiment with all of Perfecto options without having fear to loose some of them.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Please Note: in order to ensure the correct working of theme options (saving your style changes) all caching plugins you may be using on your website should be better deactivated. After you are done with your changes you can activate this caching plugins again.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Global Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/global.png&quot; alt=&quot;Global Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload a logo for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Breadcrumb&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable breadcrumb.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable preloader animation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header Options&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/header.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Global Menu Text Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the text size for the menus for all header variations.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Global Menu Text Transform&lt;/strong&gt; : Select text transform for the menu texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Your Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Select header style from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Your Header Position V1&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the header position. You can either choose fixed, absolute or static.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Affix Perfecto V1&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable sticky header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Affix Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload a logo for the sticky header. If you don’t want to use any logo, leave if blank.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header 1 Affix Navbar Bg Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a background color for the sticky navigation menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Affix V1 Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose menu text color for the sticky navigation menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Perfecto V1&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable modal button that directly let user contact through pop-up.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the modal button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Contact Form Shortcode&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom shortcode for contact form.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/custom.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Style&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose color for the theme’s primary color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Menu Hover &amp;amp; Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color to set as the header menu hover as well as active color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Background Image&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/background.png&quot; alt=&quot;Social Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload the header background image for 404 page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload 404 image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred image for the search page background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a background image for category page header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sidebar&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/siderbar.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Blog Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the default sidebar position from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Details Blog Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the default sidebar position for individual blog post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Fonts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/custom_fonts.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Configure your custom typography for your site body. It allows you to choose font-style, font-weight, size, alignment, color and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Heading Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Configure your custom typography for your site heading. Unlikely the body typography setting, it allows you to choose font-style, font-weight, size, alignment, color and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Configure your custom typography for your site menu. Similarly like heading typography setting, it allows you to choose font-style, font-weight, size, alignment, color and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/footer.png&quot; alt=&quot;Footer&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Related Post Section&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows to enable or disable related posts section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Columns Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns on footer. You can select 1, 2,3 or 4 columns from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a text color for the footer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a background color for the footer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Copyright&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/copyright.png&quot; alt=&quot;Copyright&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your copyright text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Copyright Credit&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable copyright credit.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import/ Export&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/import.png&quot; alt=&quot;Import/ Export Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can always make a backup and/or restore your settings here. So you can freely experiment with all of Perfecto options without having fear to loose some of them.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose &lt;strong&gt;Home&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/home.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/home1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating Dropdown Menu&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select the main menu and drag the submenu items right below the main menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/dropdown1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Put a tick check mark on the display location &lt;strong&gt;Primary&lt;/strong&gt; and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Menu&lt;/strong&gt; on the right-bottom side of the module and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/dropdown2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance should be like below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/dropdown3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor is the one of the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;a title=&quot;Getting Started with Elementor&quot; href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3B5HL11uhVE&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 1&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=joWTUN77hnA&quot;&gt;Learn How to Build Your Page Layout on Elementor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 2&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HkD_Lx-DGn4&quot;&gt;Style Options for Sections and Columns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 3&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gkTfyjG38g&quot;&gt;Padding, Margin, Responsive and Other Settings in the Advanced Tab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/&quot;&gt;https://docs.elementor.com/&lt;/a&gt; you can find see the complete documentation of elementor page builder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;Perfecto&lt;/em&gt; theme can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Perfecto Portfolio1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPortfolio1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Portfolio1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Portfolio1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Portfolio1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPortfolio11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Portfolio1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Portfolio Layout&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to define in how many columns you want to show the portfolio items. You can select 2,3 or 4 columns.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing you want between two items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable filter/ category option for the items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a filter layout from the drop-down. You can either select border or round.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Portfolio Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color to apply on the filter/ category names.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the filter background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Hover/Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a color for filter hover as well as active link.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Hover/Active Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for filter hover background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the color to set as the overlay color on items while hover over.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this option, you can configure your custom typography for the portfolio including changing font, size, weight, transform, line height and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPortfolio12.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Portfolio1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Perfecto Testimonial1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTestimonial1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Testimonial1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Testimonial1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Testimonial1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTestimonial11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Testimonial1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Items to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of items to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Front Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the font size for the testimony.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Name Transform&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the name text transform style.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Autoplay Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable autoplay.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the testimonial texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Name Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the person name text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Destination Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the person designation text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a border color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a color as background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover/Active Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color to set as hover/active background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTestimonial12.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Testimonial1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Perfecto Pricing&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPricing.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Pricing&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Pricing&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Pricing&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPricing1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Pricing&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Choose your icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a icon for the pricing pack.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the title that will appear underneath the icon.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pricing&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Currency Symbol&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the currency symbol&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the price for this package here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Features&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Item 1&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the feature one including feature title, icon, and icon color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Item 2&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the feature two.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Item 3&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the feature three.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to all more features.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footers&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button text&lt;/strong&gt; : Join now/ Buy now/ Sign up button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Provide the button link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPricing2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Pricing&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Customization settings for icon used at the top of the pricing table. &lt;strong&gt;Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Customization settings for the header text used in the pricing table. &lt;strong&gt;Pricing&lt;/strong&gt; : Customization settings for the pricing symbol, and text used in the pricing table. &lt;strong&gt;Feature&lt;/strong&gt; : Customization settings for the feature texts used in the pricing table. &lt;strong&gt;Footer&lt;/strong&gt; : Customization settings for the footer button used at the bottom of the pricing table.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPricing3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Pricing&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Perfecto Service&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchService.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Service&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Service&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Service&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchService1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Service&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Styles&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a color for the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a overlay color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this option, you can apply your preferred typography for the title including changing font, size, weight, color, and more. &lt;strong&gt;Content Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this option, you can apply your preferred typography for the content including changing font, size, weight, color, and more. &lt;strong&gt;Button Options&lt;/strong&gt; : With this option, you can customize the button in details including setting its color, border color, add some padding/ margin and more.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchService2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Service&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Perfecto Team1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTeam1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Team1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Team1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Team1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTeam11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Team1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Team Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to upload team member image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the name of the member.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Destination&lt;/strong&gt; : Write member’s designation here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Share&lt;/strong&gt; : Provide the social site name, profile link and icon.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can add multiple social profile icon using &lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTeam12.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Team1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize title options from here including alignment, typography, title spacing, color and more. &lt;strong&gt;Description Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize description options from here including typography, color, overlay color and more. &lt;strong&gt;Icon Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize icon options from here including color, font size, border radius, icon bg color and more.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTeam13.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Team1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Perfecto Blog1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchBlog1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Blog1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Blog1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Blog1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchBlog11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Blog1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Make your custom typography for title including font-family, size, weight, line height, color, and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing you want between title and content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Make your custom typography for content including font-family, size, weight, line height, color, and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title &amp;amp; Meta Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for title hover effect.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the content texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Meta Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the meta texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchBlog12.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Blog1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Perfecto Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchSlider.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchSlider1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Blog1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the title text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an animation effect to apply on the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Slider Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to upload slider image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an animation effect to apply on the description text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Provide the button link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an animation effect to apply on the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchSlider2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Blog1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows to Perfecto between &lt;strong&gt;Content Option&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Title Option&lt;/strong&gt; to appear. This option broadly allows you to customize content settings according to your wish including its typography, color, spacing, padding/ margin, positioning, overlay bg color, caption position and more.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows to broadly customize button customization options including border, border radius, color, bg color, text transform, spacing, background color and more.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Control Options&lt;/strong&gt; : This setting allows you to configure slider control options including interval between two slider items, item background, background size, background attachment and more.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchSlider3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;An absolutely stunning, well-organized business purpose WordPress theme that can able to take all the responsibilities to represent an organizational website in such a way which leaves an everlasting sketch on visitors mind.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;One Click Demo Import&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Stunning Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Unlimited Color Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Optimized&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Awesome Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Collapsing Transaction&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social Sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Social Commenting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag and Drop page builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Organized Team section&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Sticky Headers&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Neat Testimonial Section&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run Perfecto smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to Perfecto &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/#&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;strong&gt;PerfectoPackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file. In this &lt;strong&gt;perfecto.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file, you have everything you need.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/docs/joomla-templates/cursor&quot;&gt;theme&lt;/a&gt;, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install Perfecto theme on your server. Its quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply Perfecto theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;perfecto.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of Perfecto theme. So, before getting started with the installing process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire perfecto.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the perfecto.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Alternative: Upload Perfecto via FTP&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In case you wish install the theme via FTP, proceed as follows:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Unzip &lt;strong&gt;perfecto.zip&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Login to your hosting space via an FTP Client&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Upload the whole contents of the unzipped &lt;strong&gt;perfecto.zip&lt;/strong&gt; into wp-content/themes/ folder under your WordPress installation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Once you’ve uploaded the theme you can open &lt;strong&gt;Appearance → Themes&lt;/strong&gt; page and activate the theme from list. After that you need to install and activate the plugins as described above.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are four plugins, required for Perfecto theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/required.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Perfecto Core: Theme Core Functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2: The metabox framework we used to create metaboxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor: Drag and Drop page builder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework: The option framework we used to create options panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;recommended&lt;/strong&gt;)One Click Demo Import : Import demo data with one click.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;recommended&lt;/strong&gt;)Contact Form 7 : For creating the contact form.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;recommended&lt;/strong&gt;)Instagram Widget: Instagram social widget.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;recommended&lt;/strong&gt;)MailChimp: Email subscription toolkit.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Before activating those plugins, you have to install them manually. To do so,&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Install Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select those required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From the drop-down menu, select &lt;strong&gt;Install&lt;/strong&gt; and click on Apply.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After plugins installation been completed, to activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&amp;gt; Installed Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all those required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here: &lt;a title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatic plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory.Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/demo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Just click on the &lt;strong&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/strong&gt; button below of the module and it’ll successfully import with taking a minimum amount of time.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Options&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Perfecto has an advanced admin panel for Theme Options, which gives you plenty of options and settings to customize your website. Go to &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Perfecto Options&lt;/strong&gt; and you will get Perfecto admin panel. All settings are organized in logical sections and have brief descriptions of what they do. A lot of these settings are self explanatory.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Things to Remember&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Always click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; in order to make your settings take effect.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;By clicking on &lt;strong&gt;Reset Section&lt;/strong&gt; you can reset current section you are customizing and with &lt;strong&gt;Reset All&lt;/strong&gt; you can reset all your settings to the defaults.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can always make a backup and/or restore your settings by using &lt;strong&gt;Import/Export&lt;/strong&gt; option in admin panel. So you can freely experiment with all of Perfecto options without having fear to loose some of them.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Please Note: in order to ensure the correct working of theme options (saving your style changes) all caching plugins you may be using on your website should be better deactivated. After you are done with your changes you can activate this caching plugins again.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Global Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/global.png&quot; alt=&quot;Global Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload a logo for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Breadcrumb&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable breadcrumb.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable preloader animation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header Options&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/header.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Global Menu Text Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the text size for the menus for all header variations.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Global Menu Text Transform&lt;/strong&gt; : Select text transform for the menu texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Your Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Select header style from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Your Header Position V1&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the header position. You can either choose fixed, absolute or static.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Affix Perfecto V1&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable sticky header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Affix Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload a logo for the sticky header. If you don’t want to use any logo, leave if blank.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header 1 Affix Navbar Bg Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a background color for the sticky navigation menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Affix V1 Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose menu text color for the sticky navigation menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Perfecto V1&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable modal button that directly let user contact through pop-up.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the modal button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Contact Form Shortcode&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom shortcode for contact form.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/custom.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Style&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose color for the theme’s primary color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Menu Hover &amp;amp; Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color to set as the header menu hover as well as active color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Background Image&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/background.png&quot; alt=&quot;Social Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload the header background image for 404 page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload 404 image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred image for the search page background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a background image for category page header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sidebar&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/siderbar.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Blog Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the default sidebar position from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Details Blog Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the default sidebar position for individual blog post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Fonts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/custom_fonts.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Configure your custom typography for your site body. It allows you to choose font-style, font-weight, size, alignment, color and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Heading Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Configure your custom typography for your site heading. Unlikely the body typography setting, it allows you to choose font-style, font-weight, size, alignment, color and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Configure your custom typography for your site menu. Similarly like heading typography setting, it allows you to choose font-style, font-weight, size, alignment, color and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/footer.png&quot; alt=&quot;Footer&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Related Post Section&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows to enable or disable related posts section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Columns Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns on footer. You can select 1, 2,3 or 4 columns from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a text color for the footer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a background color for the footer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Copyright&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/copyright.png&quot; alt=&quot;Copyright&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your copyright text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Copyright Credit&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable copyright credit.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import/ Export&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/import.png&quot; alt=&quot;Import/ Export Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can always make a backup and/or restore your settings here. So you can freely experiment with all of Perfecto options without having fear to loose some of them.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose &lt;strong&gt;Home&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/home.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/home1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating Dropdown Menu&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select the main menu and drag the submenu items right below the main menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/dropdown1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Put a tick check mark on the display location &lt;strong&gt;Primary&lt;/strong&gt; and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Menu&lt;/strong&gt; on the right-bottom side of the module and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/dropdown2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance should be like below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/dropdown3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor is the one of the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;a title=&quot;Getting Started with Elementor&quot; href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3B5HL11uhVE&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 1&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=joWTUN77hnA&quot;&gt;Learn How to Build Your Page Layout on Elementor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 2&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HkD_Lx-DGn4&quot;&gt;Style Options for Sections and Columns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 3&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gkTfyjG38g&quot;&gt;Padding, Margin, Responsive and Other Settings in the Advanced Tab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/&quot;&gt;https://docs.elementor.com/&lt;/a&gt; you can find see the complete documentation of elementor page builder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;Perfecto&lt;/em&gt; theme can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Perfecto Portfolio1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPortfolio1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Portfolio1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Portfolio1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Portfolio1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPortfolio11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Portfolio1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Portfolio Layout&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to define in how many columns you want to show the portfolio items. You can select 2,3 or 4 columns.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing you want between two items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable filter/ category option for the items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a filter layout from the drop-down. You can either select border or round.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Portfolio Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color to apply on the filter/ category names.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the filter background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Hover/Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a color for filter hover as well as active link.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Hover/Active Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for filter hover background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the color to set as the overlay color on items while hover over.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this option, you can configure your custom typography for the portfolio including changing font, size, weight, transform, line height and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPortfolio12.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Portfolio1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Perfecto Testimonial1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTestimonial1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Testimonial1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Testimonial1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Testimonial1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTestimonial11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Testimonial1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Items to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of items to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Front Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the font size for the testimony.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Name Transform&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the name text transform style.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Autoplay Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable autoplay.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the testimonial texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Name Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the person name text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Destination Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the person designation text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a border color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a color as background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover/Active Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color to set as hover/active background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTestimonial12.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Testimonial1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Perfecto Pricing&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPricing.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Pricing&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Pricing&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Pricing&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPricing1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Pricing&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Choose your icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a icon for the pricing pack.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the title that will appear underneath the icon.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pricing&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Currency Symbol&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the currency symbol&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the price for this package here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Features&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Item 1&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the feature one including feature title, icon, and icon color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Item 2&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the feature two.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Item 3&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the feature three.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to all more features.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footers&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button text&lt;/strong&gt; : Join now/ Buy now/ Sign up button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Provide the button link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPricing2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Pricing&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Customization settings for icon used at the top of the pricing table. &lt;strong&gt;Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Customization settings for the header text used in the pricing table. &lt;strong&gt;Pricing&lt;/strong&gt; : Customization settings for the pricing symbol, and text used in the pricing table. &lt;strong&gt;Feature&lt;/strong&gt; : Customization settings for the feature texts used in the pricing table. &lt;strong&gt;Footer&lt;/strong&gt; : Customization settings for the footer button used at the bottom of the pricing table.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPricing3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Pricing&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Perfecto Service&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchService.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Service&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Service&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Service&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchService1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Service&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Styles&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a color for the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a overlay color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this option, you can apply your preferred typography for the title including changing font, size, weight, color, and more. &lt;strong&gt;Content Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this option, you can apply your preferred typography for the content including changing font, size, weight, color, and more. &lt;strong&gt;Button Options&lt;/strong&gt; : With this option, you can customize the button in details including setting its color, border color, add some padding/ margin and more.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchService2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Service&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Perfecto Team1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTeam1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Team1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Team1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Team1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTeam11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Team1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Team Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to upload team member image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the name of the member.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Destination&lt;/strong&gt; : Write member’s designation here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Share&lt;/strong&gt; : Provide the social site name, profile link and icon.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can add multiple social profile icon using &lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTeam12.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Team1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize title options from here including alignment, typography, title spacing, color and more. &lt;strong&gt;Description Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize description options from here including typography, color, overlay color and more. &lt;strong&gt;Icon Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize icon options from here including color, font size, border radius, icon bg color and more.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTeam13.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Team1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Perfecto Blog1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchBlog1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Blog1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Blog1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Blog1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchBlog11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Blog1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Make your custom typography for title including font-family, size, weight, line height, color, and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing you want between title and content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Make your custom typography for content including font-family, size, weight, line height, color, and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title &amp;amp; Meta Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for title hover effect.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the content texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Meta Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the meta texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchBlog12.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Blog1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Perfecto Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchSlider.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Perfecto Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchSlider1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Blog1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the title text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an animation effect to apply on the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Slider Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to upload slider image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an animation effect to apply on the description text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Provide the button link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an animation effect to apply on the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchSlider2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Blog1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows to Perfecto between &lt;strong&gt;Content Option&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Title Option&lt;/strong&gt; to appear. This option broadly allows you to customize content settings according to your wish including its typography, color, spacing, padding/ margin, positioning, overlay bg color, caption position and more.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows to broadly customize button customization options including border, border radius, color, bg color, text transform, spacing, background color and more.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Control Options&lt;/strong&gt; : This setting allows you to configure slider control options including interval between two slider items, item background, background size, background attachment and more.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchSlider3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Perfecto Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<category term="WordPress Themes" />
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<title>Switch Pro</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/switch-pro"/>
		<published>2017-05-30T16:03:03+06:00</published>
		<updated>2017-05-30T16:03:03+06:00</updated>
		<id>https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/switch-pro</id>
		<author>
			<name>Parvez Akther</name>
			<email>parvez@themexpert.com</email>
		</author>
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;An absolutely stunning, well-organized business purpose WordPress theme that can able to take all the responsibilities to represent an organizational website in such a way which leaves an everlasting sketch on visitors mind.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;position:relative;height:0;padding-bottom:56.25%&quot;&gt;&lt;iframe src=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/embed/V1JvoBLKtcU?ecver=2&quot; width=&quot;640&quot; height=&quot;360&quot; frameborder=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;position:absolute;width:100%;height:100%;left:0&quot; allowfullscreen&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;One Click Demo Import&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Stunning Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Unlimited Color Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Optimized&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Awesome Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Collapsing Transaction&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social Sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Social Commenting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag and Drop page builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Organized Team section&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Sticky Headers&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Neat Testimonial Section&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run Switch Pro smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to Switch Pro &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themeforest.net&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; page on &lt;strong&gt;www.themeforest.net&lt;/strong&gt; then download the &lt;strong&gt;SwitchProPackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file. In this &lt;strong&gt;.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file, you have everything you need.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot; title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install Switch Pro theme on your server. Its quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply Switch Pro theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;switch_pro.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of Switch Pro theme. So, before getting started with the installing process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire switch_pro.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the switch_pro.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Alternative: Upload Switch Pro via FTP&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In case you wish install the theme via FTP, proceed as follows:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Unzip &lt;strong&gt;switch_pro.zip&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Login to your hosting space via an FTP Client&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Upload the whole contents of the unzipped &lt;strong&gt;switch_pro.zip&lt;/strong&gt; into wp-content/themes/ folder under your WordPress installation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Once you’ve uploaded the theme you can open &lt;strong&gt;Appearance → Themes&lt;/strong&gt; page and activate the theme from list. After that you need to install and activate the plugins as described above.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are four plugins, required for Switch Pro theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/required.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Pro&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Switch Pro Core: Theme Core Functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2: The metabox framework we used to create metaboxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor: Drag and Drop page builder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework: The option framework we used to create options panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;recommended&lt;/strong&gt;)One Click Demo Import : Import demo data with one click.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;recommended&lt;/strong&gt;)Contact Form 7 : For creating the contact form.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;recommended&lt;/strong&gt;)Instagram Widget: Instagram social widget.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;recommended&lt;/strong&gt;)MailChimp: Email subscription toolkit.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Before activating those plugins, you have to install them manually. To do so, &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Install Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select those required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From the drop-down menu, select &lt;strong&gt;Install&lt;/strong&gt; and click on Apply.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After plugins installation been completed, to activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&amp;gt; Installed Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all those required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here:  &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot; title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatic plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot; title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/demo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Pro&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Just click on the &lt;strong&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/strong&gt; button below of the module and it’ll successfully import with taking a minimum amount of time.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Options&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Switch Pro has an advanced admin panel for Theme Options, which gives you plenty of options and settings to customize your website.
Go to &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Switch Pro Options&lt;/strong&gt; and you will get Switch Pro admin panel. All settings are organized in logical sections and have brief descriptions of what they do. A lot of these settings are self explanatory.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Things to Remember&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Always click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; in order to make your settings take effect.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;By clicking on &lt;strong&gt;Reset Section&lt;/strong&gt; you can reset current section you are customizing and with &lt;strong&gt;Reset All&lt;/strong&gt; you can reset all your settings to the defaults.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can always make a backup and/or restore your settings by using &lt;strong&gt;Import/Export&lt;/strong&gt; option in admin panel. So you can freely experiment with all of Switch Pro options without having fear to loose some of them.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Please Note: in order to ensure the correct working of theme options (saving your style changes) all caching plugins you may be using on your website should be better deactivated. After you are done with your changes you can activate this caching plugins again.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Global Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/global.png&quot; alt=&quot;Global Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload a logo for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Breadcrumb&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable breadcrumb.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable preloader animation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header Options&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/header.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Global Menu Text Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the text size for the menus for all header variations.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Global Menu Text Transform&lt;/strong&gt; : Select text transform for the menu texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Your Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Select header style from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Your Header Position V1&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the header position. You can either choose fixed, absolute or static.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Affix Switch V1&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable sticky header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Affix Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload a logo for the sticky header. If you don’t want to use any logo, leave if blank.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header 1 Affix Navbar Bg Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a background color for the sticky navigation menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Affix V1 Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose menu text color for the sticky navigation menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Switch V1&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable modal button that directly let user contact through pop-up.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the modal button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Contact Form Shortcode&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom shortcode for contact form.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/custom.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Style&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose color for the theme’s primary color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Menu Hover &amp;amp; Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color to set as the header menu hover as well as active color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Background Image&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/background.png&quot; alt=&quot;Social Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload the header background image for 404 page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload 404 image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred image for the search page background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a background image for category page header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sidebar&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/siderbar.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Blog Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the default sidebar position from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Details Blog Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the default sidebar position for individual blog post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Fonts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/custom_fonts.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Configure your custom typography for your site body. It allows you to choose font-style, font-weight, size, alignment, color and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Heading Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Configure your custom typography for your site heading. Unlikely the body typography setting, it allows you to choose font-style, font-weight, size, alignment, color and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Configure your custom typography for your site menu. Similarly like heading typography setting, it allows you to choose font-style, font-weight, size, alignment, color and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/footer.png&quot; alt=&quot;Footer&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Related Post Section&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows to enable or disable related posts section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Columns Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns on footer. You can select 1, 2,3 or 4 columns from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a text color for the footer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a background color for the footer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Copyright&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/copyright.png&quot; alt=&quot;Copyright&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your copyright text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Copyright Credit&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable copyright credit.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import/ Export&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/import.png&quot; alt=&quot;Import/ Export Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can always make a backup and/or restore your settings here. So you can freely experiment with all of Switch Pro options without having fear to loose some of them.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose &lt;strong&gt;Home&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/home.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/home1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating Dropdown Menu&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select the main menu and drag the submenu items right below the main menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/dropdown1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Put a tick check mark on the display location &lt;strong&gt;Primary&lt;/strong&gt; and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Menu&lt;/strong&gt; on the right-bottom side of the module and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/dropdown2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance should be like below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/dropdown3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor is the one of the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;:
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3B5HL11uhVE&quot; title=&quot;Getting Started with Elementor&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 1&lt;/strong&gt; :
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=joWTUN77hnA&quot;&gt;Learn How to Build Your Page Layout on Elementor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 2&lt;/strong&gt; :
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HkD_Lx-DGn4&quot;&gt;Style Options for Sections and Columns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 3&lt;/strong&gt; :
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gkTfyjG38g&quot;&gt;Padding, Margin, Responsive and Other Settings in the Advanced Tab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/&quot;&gt;https://docs.elementor.com/&lt;/a&gt; you can find see the complete documentation of elementor page builder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;Switch Pro&lt;/em&gt; theme can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Switch Pro&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Switch Portfolio1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPortfolio1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Portfolio1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Switch Portfolio1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Switch Portfolio1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;Switch Pro Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPortfolio11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Portfolio1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Portfolio Layout&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to define in how many columns you want to show the portfolio items. You can select 2,3 or 4 columns.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing you want between two items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable filter/ category option for the items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a filter layout from the drop-down. You can either select border or round.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Portfolio Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color to apply on the filter/ category names.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the filter background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Hover/Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a color for filter hover as well as active link.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Hover/Active Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for filter hover background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the color to set as the overlay color on items while hover over.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this option, you can configure your custom typography for the portfolio including changing font, size, weight, transform, line height and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPortfolio12.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Portfolio1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Switch Testimonial1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTestimonial1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Testimonial1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Switch Testimonial1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Switch Testimonial1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;Switch Pro Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTestimonial11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Testimonial1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Items to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of items to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Front Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the font size for the testimony.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Name Transform&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the name text transform style.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Autoplay Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable autoplay.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the testimonial texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Name Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the person name text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Destination Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the person designation text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a border color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a color as background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover/Active Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color to set as hover/active background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTestimonial12.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Testimonial1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Switch Pricing&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPricing.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Pricing&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Switch Pricing&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Switch Pricing&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;Switch Pro Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPricing1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Pricing&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Choose your icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a icon for the pricing pack.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the title that will appear underneath the icon.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pricing&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Currency Symbol&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the currency symbol&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the price for this package here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Features&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Item 1&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the feature one including feature title, icon, and icon color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Item 2&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the feature two.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Item 3&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the feature three.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to all more features.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footers&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button text&lt;/strong&gt; : Join now/ Buy now/ Sign up button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Provide the button link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPricing2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Pricing&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Customization settings for icon used at the top of the pricing table.
&lt;strong&gt;Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Customization settings for the header text used in the pricing table.
&lt;strong&gt;Pricing&lt;/strong&gt; : Customization settings for the pricing symbol, and text used in the pricing table.
&lt;strong&gt;Feature&lt;/strong&gt; : Customization settings for the feature texts used in the pricing table.
&lt;strong&gt;Footer&lt;/strong&gt; : Customization settings for the footer button used at the bottom of the pricing table.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPricing3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Pricing&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Switch Service&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchService.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Service&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Switch Service&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Switch Service&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;Switch Pro Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchService1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Service&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Styles&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a color for the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a overlay color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this option, you can apply your preferred typography for the title including changing font, size, weight, color, and more.
&lt;strong&gt;Content Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this option, you can apply your preferred typography for the content including changing font, size, weight, color, and more.
&lt;strong&gt;Button Options&lt;/strong&gt; : With this option, you can customize the button in details including setting its color, border color, add some padding/ margin and more.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchService2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Service&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Switch Team1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTeam1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Team1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Switch Team1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Switch Team1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;Switch Pro Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTeam11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Team1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Team Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to upload team member image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the name of the member.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Destination&lt;/strong&gt; : Write member’s designation here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Share&lt;/strong&gt; : Provide the social site name, profile link and icon.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can add multiple social profile icon using &lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTeam12.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Team1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize title options from here including alignment, typography, title spacing, color and more.
&lt;strong&gt;Description Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize description options from here including typography, color, overlay color and more.
&lt;strong&gt;Icon Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize icon options from here including color, font size, border radius, icon bg color and more.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTeam13.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Team1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Switch Blog1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchBlog1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Blog1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Switch Blog1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Switch Blog1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;Switch Pro Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchBlog11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Blog1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Make your custom typography for title including font-family, size, weight, line height, color, and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing you want between title and content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Make your custom typography for content including font-family, size, weight, line height, color, and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title &amp;amp; Meta Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for title hover effect.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the content texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Meta Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the meta texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchBlog12.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Blog1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Switch Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchSlider.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Switch Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Switch Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;Switch Pro Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchSlider1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Blog1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the title text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an animation effect to apply on the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Slider Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to upload slider image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an animation effect to apply on the description text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Provide the button link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an animation effect to apply on the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchSlider2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Blog1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows to switch between &lt;strong&gt;Content Option&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Title Option&lt;/strong&gt; to appear.
This option broadly allows you to customize content settings according to your wish including its typography, color, spacing, padding/ margin, positioning, overlay bg color, caption position and more.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows to broadly customize button customization options including border, border radius, color, bg color, text transform, spacing, background color and more.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Control Options&lt;/strong&gt; : This setting allows you to configure slider control options including interval between two slider items, item background, background size, background attachment and more.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchSlider3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;An absolutely stunning, well-organized business purpose WordPress theme that can able to take all the responsibilities to represent an organizational website in such a way which leaves an everlasting sketch on visitors mind.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;position:relative;height:0;padding-bottom:56.25%&quot;&gt;&lt;iframe src=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/embed/V1JvoBLKtcU?ecver=2&quot; width=&quot;640&quot; height=&quot;360&quot; frameborder=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;position:absolute;width:100%;height:100%;left:0&quot; allowfullscreen&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;One Click Demo Import&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Stunning Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Unlimited Color Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Optimized&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Awesome Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Collapsing Transaction&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social Sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Social Commenting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag and Drop page builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Organized Team section&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Sticky Headers&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Neat Testimonial Section&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run Switch Pro smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to Switch Pro &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themeforest.net&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; page on &lt;strong&gt;www.themeforest.net&lt;/strong&gt; then download the &lt;strong&gt;SwitchProPackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file. In this &lt;strong&gt;.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file, you have everything you need.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot; title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install Switch Pro theme on your server. Its quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply Switch Pro theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;switch_pro.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of Switch Pro theme. So, before getting started with the installing process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire switch_pro.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the switch_pro.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Alternative: Upload Switch Pro via FTP&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In case you wish install the theme via FTP, proceed as follows:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Unzip &lt;strong&gt;switch_pro.zip&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Login to your hosting space via an FTP Client&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Upload the whole contents of the unzipped &lt;strong&gt;switch_pro.zip&lt;/strong&gt; into wp-content/themes/ folder under your WordPress installation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Once you’ve uploaded the theme you can open &lt;strong&gt;Appearance → Themes&lt;/strong&gt; page and activate the theme from list. After that you need to install and activate the plugins as described above.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are four plugins, required for Switch Pro theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/required.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Pro&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Switch Pro Core: Theme Core Functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2: The metabox framework we used to create metaboxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor: Drag and Drop page builder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework: The option framework we used to create options panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;recommended&lt;/strong&gt;)One Click Demo Import : Import demo data with one click.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;recommended&lt;/strong&gt;)Contact Form 7 : For creating the contact form.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;recommended&lt;/strong&gt;)Instagram Widget: Instagram social widget.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;recommended&lt;/strong&gt;)MailChimp: Email subscription toolkit.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Before activating those plugins, you have to install them manually. To do so, &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Install Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select those required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From the drop-down menu, select &lt;strong&gt;Install&lt;/strong&gt; and click on Apply.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After plugins installation been completed, to activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&amp;gt; Installed Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all those required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here:  &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot; title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatic plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot; title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/demo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Pro&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Just click on the &lt;strong&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/strong&gt; button below of the module and it’ll successfully import with taking a minimum amount of time.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Options&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Switch Pro has an advanced admin panel for Theme Options, which gives you plenty of options and settings to customize your website.
Go to &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Switch Pro Options&lt;/strong&gt; and you will get Switch Pro admin panel. All settings are organized in logical sections and have brief descriptions of what they do. A lot of these settings are self explanatory.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Things to Remember&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Always click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; in order to make your settings take effect.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;By clicking on &lt;strong&gt;Reset Section&lt;/strong&gt; you can reset current section you are customizing and with &lt;strong&gt;Reset All&lt;/strong&gt; you can reset all your settings to the defaults.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can always make a backup and/or restore your settings by using &lt;strong&gt;Import/Export&lt;/strong&gt; option in admin panel. So you can freely experiment with all of Switch Pro options without having fear to loose some of them.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Please Note: in order to ensure the correct working of theme options (saving your style changes) all caching plugins you may be using on your website should be better deactivated. After you are done with your changes you can activate this caching plugins again.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Global Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/global.png&quot; alt=&quot;Global Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload a logo for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Breadcrumb&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable breadcrumb.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable preloader animation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header Options&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/header.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Global Menu Text Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the text size for the menus for all header variations.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Global Menu Text Transform&lt;/strong&gt; : Select text transform for the menu texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Your Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Select header style from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Your Header Position V1&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the header position. You can either choose fixed, absolute or static.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Affix Switch V1&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable sticky header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Affix Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload a logo for the sticky header. If you don’t want to use any logo, leave if blank.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header 1 Affix Navbar Bg Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a background color for the sticky navigation menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Affix V1 Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose menu text color for the sticky navigation menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Switch V1&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable modal button that directly let user contact through pop-up.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the modal button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Contact Form Shortcode&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom shortcode for contact form.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/custom.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Style&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose color for the theme’s primary color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Menu Hover &amp;amp; Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color to set as the header menu hover as well as active color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Background Image&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/background.png&quot; alt=&quot;Social Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload the header background image for 404 page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload 404 image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred image for the search page background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a background image for category page header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sidebar&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/siderbar.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Blog Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the default sidebar position from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Details Blog Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the default sidebar position for individual blog post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Fonts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/custom_fonts.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Configure your custom typography for your site body. It allows you to choose font-style, font-weight, size, alignment, color and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Heading Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Configure your custom typography for your site heading. Unlikely the body typography setting, it allows you to choose font-style, font-weight, size, alignment, color and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Configure your custom typography for your site menu. Similarly like heading typography setting, it allows you to choose font-style, font-weight, size, alignment, color and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/footer.png&quot; alt=&quot;Footer&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Related Post Section&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows to enable or disable related posts section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Columns Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns on footer. You can select 1, 2,3 or 4 columns from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a text color for the footer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a background color for the footer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Copyright&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/copyright.png&quot; alt=&quot;Copyright&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your copyright text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Copyright Credit&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable copyright credit.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import/ Export&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/import.png&quot; alt=&quot;Import/ Export Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can always make a backup and/or restore your settings here. So you can freely experiment with all of Switch Pro options without having fear to loose some of them.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose &lt;strong&gt;Home&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/home.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/home1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating Dropdown Menu&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select the main menu and drag the submenu items right below the main menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/dropdown1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Put a tick check mark on the display location &lt;strong&gt;Primary&lt;/strong&gt; and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Menu&lt;/strong&gt; on the right-bottom side of the module and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/dropdown2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance should be like below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/dropdown3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor is the one of the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;:
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3B5HL11uhVE&quot; title=&quot;Getting Started with Elementor&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 1&lt;/strong&gt; :
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=joWTUN77hnA&quot;&gt;Learn How to Build Your Page Layout on Elementor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 2&lt;/strong&gt; :
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HkD_Lx-DGn4&quot;&gt;Style Options for Sections and Columns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 3&lt;/strong&gt; :
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gkTfyjG38g&quot;&gt;Padding, Margin, Responsive and Other Settings in the Advanced Tab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/&quot;&gt;https://docs.elementor.com/&lt;/a&gt; you can find see the complete documentation of elementor page builder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;Switch Pro&lt;/em&gt; theme can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Switch Pro&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Switch Portfolio1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPortfolio1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Portfolio1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Switch Portfolio1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Switch Portfolio1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;Switch Pro Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPortfolio11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Portfolio1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Portfolio Layout&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grid Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to define in how many columns you want to show the portfolio items. You can select 2,3 or 4 columns.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing you want between two items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable filter/ category option for the items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a filter layout from the drop-down. You can either select border or round.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Portfolio Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color to apply on the filter/ category names.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the filter background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Hover/Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a color for filter hover as well as active link.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Filter Hover/Active Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for filter hover background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the color to set as the overlay color on items while hover over.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this option, you can configure your custom typography for the portfolio including changing font, size, weight, transform, line height and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPortfolio12.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Portfolio1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Switch Testimonial1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTestimonial1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Testimonial1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Switch Testimonial1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Switch Testimonial1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;Switch Pro Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTestimonial11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Testimonial1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Items to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of items to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Front Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the font size for the testimony.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Name Transform&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the name text transform style.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Autoplay Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable autoplay.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the testimonial texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Name Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the person name text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Destination Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the person designation text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a border color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a color as background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover/Active Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color to set as hover/active background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTestimonial12.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Testimonial1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Switch Pricing&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPricing.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Pricing&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Switch Pricing&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Switch Pricing&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;Switch Pro Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPricing1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Pricing&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Choose your icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a icon for the pricing pack.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the title that will appear underneath the icon.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pricing&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Currency Symbol&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the currency symbol&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the price for this package here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Features&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Item 1&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the feature one including feature title, icon, and icon color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Item 2&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the feature two.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Item 3&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the feature three.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to all more features.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footers&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button text&lt;/strong&gt; : Join now/ Buy now/ Sign up button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Provide the button link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPricing2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Pricing&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Customization settings for icon used at the top of the pricing table.
&lt;strong&gt;Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Customization settings for the header text used in the pricing table.
&lt;strong&gt;Pricing&lt;/strong&gt; : Customization settings for the pricing symbol, and text used in the pricing table.
&lt;strong&gt;Feature&lt;/strong&gt; : Customization settings for the feature texts used in the pricing table.
&lt;strong&gt;Footer&lt;/strong&gt; : Customization settings for the footer button used at the bottom of the pricing table.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchPricing3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Pricing&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Switch Service&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchService.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Service&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Switch Service&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Switch Service&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;Switch Pro Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchService1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Service&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Styles&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a color for the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a overlay color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this option, you can apply your preferred typography for the title including changing font, size, weight, color, and more.
&lt;strong&gt;Content Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this option, you can apply your preferred typography for the content including changing font, size, weight, color, and more.
&lt;strong&gt;Button Options&lt;/strong&gt; : With this option, you can customize the button in details including setting its color, border color, add some padding/ margin and more.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchService2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Service&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Switch Team1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTeam1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Team1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Switch Team1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Switch Team1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;Switch Pro Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTeam11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Team1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Team Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to upload team member image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the name of the member.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Destination&lt;/strong&gt; : Write member’s designation here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Team Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Share&lt;/strong&gt; : Provide the social site name, profile link and icon.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can add multiple social profile icon using &lt;strong&gt;Add Item&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTeam12.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Team1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize title options from here including alignment, typography, title spacing, color and more.
&lt;strong&gt;Description Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize description options from here including typography, color, overlay color and more.
&lt;strong&gt;Icon Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize icon options from here including color, font size, border radius, icon bg color and more.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchTeam13.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Team1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Switch Blog1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchBlog1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Blog1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Switch Blog1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Switch Blog1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;Switch Pro Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchBlog11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Blog1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Make your custom typography for title including font-family, size, weight, line height, color, and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing you want between title and content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Make your custom typography for content including font-family, size, weight, line height, color, and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title &amp;amp; Meta Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for title hover effect.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the content texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Meta Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the meta texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchBlog12.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Blog1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Switch Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchSlider.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Switch Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Switch Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left  &lt;strong&gt;Switch Pro Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchSlider1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Blog1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the title text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an animation effect to apply on the title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Slider Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to upload slider image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an animation effect to apply on the description text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Provide the button link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an animation effect to apply on the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchSlider2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Blog1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows to switch between &lt;strong&gt;Content Option&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Title Option&lt;/strong&gt; to appear.
This option broadly allows you to customize content settings according to your wish including its typography, color, spacing, padding/ margin, positioning, overlay bg color, caption position and more.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows to broadly customize button customization options including border, border radius, color, bg color, text transform, spacing, background color and more.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Control Options&lt;/strong&gt; : This setting allows you to configure slider control options including interval between two slider items, item background, background size, background attachment and more.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/switch_pro/switchSlider3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Switch Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<category term="WordPress Themes" />
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<title>Eventas</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas"/>
		<published>2017-05-16T13:20:34+06:00</published>
		<updated>2017-05-16T13:20:34+06:00</updated>
		<id>https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas</id>
		<author>
			<name>Parvez Akther</name>
			<email>parvez@themexpert.com</email>
		</author>
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;A pre-SEO optimized and responsive Joomla template with 7 interactive homepage variations, crafted beautifully for event management websites.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventas.png&quot; alt=&quot;Eventas&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;One Click Demo Import&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Stunning Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Attractive Home Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Huge Built-in Pages&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Optimized&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;RTL Supports&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic Navigation Menu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Collapsing Transaction&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social Sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Social Commenting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Revolution Slider and Carousel&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag and Drop page builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Color Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Sticky Headers&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Eye-catching Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run Eventas smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to Eventas &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themeforest.net&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; page on &lt;strong&gt;www.themeforest.net&lt;/strong&gt; then download the &lt;strong&gt;EventasPackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file. In this &lt;strong&gt;.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file, you have everything you need.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot; title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install Eventas theme on your server. Its quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply Eventas theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;eventas.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of Eventas theme. So, before getting started with the installing process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire eventas.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the eventas.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Child Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you plan to modify the source code of the main parent theme (php, js, style.css) we strongly recommend to install this child theme and make such modifications inside this child theme in order to avoid any possible problems &amp;amp; issues by installing updates of Eventas main parent theme in future. You can find this child theme in &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder – please look for &lt;strong&gt;eventas-child.zip&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The installation of the child theme works in the same way as the installation of the main parent theme (see description above).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;DON’T TRY TO INSTALL CHILD THEME IF THE MAIN THEME IS NOT INSTALLED YET. THIS WILL GIVE NO RESULT!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Alternative: Upload Eventas via FTP&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In case you wish install the theme via FTP, proceed as follows:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Unzip &lt;strong&gt;eventas.zip&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Login to your hosting space via an FTP Client&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Upload the whole contents of the unzipped &lt;strong&gt;eventas.zip&lt;/strong&gt; into wp-content/themes/ folder under your WordPress installation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Once you’ve uploaded the theme you can open &lt;strong&gt;Appearance → Themes&lt;/strong&gt; page and activate the theme from list. After that you need to install and activate the plugins as described above.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are four plugins, required for Academia theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/required.png&quot; alt=&quot;Eventas&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Eventas Core: Theme Core Functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2: The metabox framework we used to create metaboxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor: Drag and Drop page builder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework: The option framework we used to create options panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;recommended&lt;/strong&gt;)One Click Demo Import : Import demo data with one click.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;recommended&lt;/strong&gt;)Contact Form 7 : For creating the contact form.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Before activating those plugins, you have to install them manually. To do so,&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Install Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select those required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From the drop-down menu, select &lt;strong&gt;Install&lt;/strong&gt; and click on Apply.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After plugins installation been completed, to activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&amp;gt; Installed Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all those required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot; title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatic plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot; title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/demo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Eventas&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Just click on the &lt;strong&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/strong&gt; button below of the module and it’ll successfully import with taking a minimum amount of time.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can import demo data manually with the following procedures.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Tools&amp;gt; Import&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select the &lt;strong&gt;WordPress&lt;/strong&gt; from the list. It can be found at the bottom of the list of plugins, normally.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Install the WordPress Importer plugin, if you haven't installed it yet.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After being installed, click on &lt;strong&gt;Run Importer&lt;/strong&gt; to open the module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It allows you to select the demo data file from your local drive and upload into your server.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/demo2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Eventas&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, click on &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt;. Once you click on it, it prompts up a screen, allowing you to select the demo data file from your local drive.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose the &lt;strong&gt;eventas-content-demo.xml&lt;/strong&gt; file and click &lt;em&gt;Upload file and import&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Demo data files can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Demo&lt;/strong&gt; folder after you extract the theme package and the path should be &lt;code&gt;/Demo/eventas-content-demo.xml&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;On the second screen, set up an author and don't forget to check the &lt;strong&gt;Download and import file attachments&lt;/strong&gt;. After making sure it is checked in, click on &lt;em&gt;Submit&lt;/em&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can also import widget setting via this widget &lt;a href=&quot;https://wordpress.org/plugins/widget-settings-importexport/&quot;&gt;Importer Plugin&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Widget setting file can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Demo&lt;/strong&gt; folder after you extract the theme package and the path should be &lt;code&gt;/Demo/widget_data.jason&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Options&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Eventas has an advanced admin panel for Theme Options, which gives you plenty of options and settings to customize your website. Go to &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Eventas Options&lt;/strong&gt; and you will get Eventas admin panel. All settings are organized in logical sections and have brief descriptions of what they do. A lot of these settings are self explanatory.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Things to Remember&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Always click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; in order to make your settings take effect.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;By clicking on &lt;strong&gt;Reset Section&lt;/strong&gt; you can reset current section you are customizing and with &lt;strong&gt;Reset All&lt;/strong&gt; you can reset all your settings to the defaults.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can always make a backup and/or restore your settings by using &lt;strong&gt;Import/Export&lt;/strong&gt; option in admin panel. So you can freely experiment with all of Eventas options without having fear to loose some of them.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Please Note: in order to ensure the correct working of theme options (saving your style changes) all caching plugins you may be using on your website should be better deactivated. After you are done with your changes you can activate this caching plugins again.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;General&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/general.png&quot; alt=&quot;General Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred color to set as the theme primary color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Secondary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred color to set as the theme secondary color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Blog Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a position for the blog sidebar.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader?&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable preloader animation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/header.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload a logo for your site branding.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a header layout style from the previews.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Sticky Menu&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to either enable or disable sticky menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the position for the header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Event&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/event.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Event Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your event type, Single Day or Multiple Days.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Event Date&lt;/strong&gt; : If you select “Single Day” in event type you will find this option to set the event date with a date picker.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Venue&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your event venue address to show in Countdown Add-on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Start Time&lt;/strong&gt; : Set starting time of your event in 24 hours format(Between 0-23).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you select “Multiple Days” in event type you will find this option to set starting date of your event with a date picker.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;End Time&lt;/strong&gt; : Set ending time of your event in 24 hours format(Between 0-23).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you select “Multiple Days” in event type you will find this option to set ending date of your event with a date picker.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Social&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/social.png&quot; alt=&quot;Social Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You will find empty text boxes to put all the common social media links. Just put the corresponding link in their particular field.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Facebook URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Facebook profile URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Twitter URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Twitter profile URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;LinkedIn URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Linkedin profile URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Google Plus URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Google Plus profile URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Youtube URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Youtube profile URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Behance URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Behance profile URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dribble URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Dribble profile URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pinterest URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Pinterest profile URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Flickr URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Flickr profile URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/custom.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Style Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred color for the navigation menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for menu active state.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Change menu bottom border color which you can see on active and hover.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Set custom background in Header. You can set color or image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Set custom background in Footer. You can set color or image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Bottom Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Set custom background in footer bottom area. You can set color or image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS Code&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom CSS code here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom JS Code&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom JavaScript code here. If you want to use jQuery, please write “jQuery” instead of “$” sign.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Typography&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/typography.png&quot; alt=&quot;Typography Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your own typography for header (h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6). You can use any Font Family from google fonts. You can also set Font Weight and Font Color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your own typography for site (css rule will apply to ‘body’). You can use any Font Family from google fonts. You can also set Font Weight, Font Color, Font Size and Line Height.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav Menu Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your own typography for menu. You can use any Font Family from google fonts. You can also set Font Weight and Font Size.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Countdown Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your own typography for event countdown. You can use any Font Family from google fonts. You can also set Font Weight and Font Color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Permalink&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/permalink.png&quot; alt=&quot;Permalink Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Custom Permalink&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable permalink option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Schedule Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Define your preferred slug for the schedule post type.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Speaker Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Define your preferred slug for the speaker post type.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Those above two option only can be found when the &lt;strong&gt;Enable Custom Permalink&lt;/strong&gt; option is set on.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/footer.png&quot; alt=&quot;Footer Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your preferred layout style for footer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Logo?&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable footer logo.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Icon?&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show TemeXpert Credit&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing ThemeXpert Credit.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your copyright text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import/ Export&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/import.png&quot; alt=&quot;Import/ Export Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can always make a backup and/or restore your settings here. So you can freely experiment with all of Eventas options without having fear to loose some of them.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose &lt;strong&gt;Home&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/home.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To set Home 2 as your default Homepage, just select &lt;strong&gt;Home 2&lt;/strong&gt; under the front-page drop-down menu. Similarly for Homepage 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 select &lt;strong&gt;Home 3&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Home 4&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Home 5&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Home 6&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;Home 7&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating Dropdown Menu&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select the main menu and drag the submenu items right below the main menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/dropdown1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Put a tick check mark on the display location &lt;strong&gt;Primary&lt;/strong&gt; and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Menu&lt;/strong&gt; on the right-bottom side of the module and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/dropdown2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The fron-end appearance should be like below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/dropdown3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating Schedule&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Creating Schedule might be tricky. But don’t worry. We will guide you. You have to create a schedule for each day for your event. Suppose your event is 3 days long. So you will create 3 schedules. In schedule, you will create your sessions for that day with repeatable fields.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Schedules&amp;gt; Add New&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/schedule1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Adding Schedule&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fill up the required all fields for the session.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/schedule2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Adding Schedule&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Session Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write session name from here. &lt;strong&gt;Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Write some description for this session like what is this session about. &lt;strong&gt;Date&lt;/strong&gt; : This is optional field. Set the date of that day. &lt;strong&gt;Starting Time&lt;/strong&gt; : Set starting time of this session. &lt;strong&gt;Ending Time&lt;/strong&gt; : Set ending time of this session. &lt;strong&gt;Venue&lt;/strong&gt; : You might have multiple session at same time. So write venue of this session here like Hall A, Hall B etc. &lt;strong&gt;Featured?&lt;/strong&gt; : Check this field if this session is keynote or featured. &lt;strong&gt;Speakers&lt;/strong&gt; : Just click the “+” sign of speaker you want to set for this session. You can create speaker from &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Speakers&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;strong&gt;Available Speakers&lt;/strong&gt; : The existing speakers you created so far.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can add multiple session just by clicking on&lt;strong&gt;Add Another Entry&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Finally, Save the settings. Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Publish&lt;/strong&gt; button from the right-top of the module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/publish.png&quot; alt=&quot;Adding Schedule&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/schedule3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Adding Schedule&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating Speakers&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Creating speakers is also simple with a few straightforward steps to be maintained. All the fields are pre-explained so nothing is to be confused with there. To add new speakers,-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Speakers&amp;gt; Add New&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speaker1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Adding Speaker&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fill the all required information of the speaker.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speaker2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Adding Speaker&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Finally, Save the settings. Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Publish&lt;/strong&gt; button from the right-top of the module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/publish.png&quot; alt=&quot;Adding Speaker&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speaker3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Adding Speaker&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Elements / Shortcodes&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can simply add an element on a page. All you need to do, just drag the element you want to add and drop it in a page then customize its setting as your preferences. You will have plenty of default elements to add or you can add our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;Eventas&lt;/em&gt; theme from the &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; tab on the elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/elements.png&quot; alt=&quot;Elements&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor is the one of the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3B5HL11uhVE&quot; title=&quot;Getting Started with Elementor&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 1&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=joWTUN77hnA&quot;&gt;Learn How to Build Your Page Layout on Elementor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 2&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HkD_Lx-DGn4&quot;&gt;Style Options for Sections and Columns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 3&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gkTfyjG38g&quot;&gt;Padding, Margin, Responsive and Other Settings in the Advanced Tab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/&quot;&gt;https://docs.elementor.com/&lt;/a&gt; you can find see the complete documentation of elementor page builder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;Eventas&lt;/em&gt; theme can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Eventas&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Schedule One&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleOne.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule One&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Schedule One&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Schedule One&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleOne1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule One&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to order the schedules by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : You can organize in ascending order descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleOne2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule One&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred color for the tab navigation text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a hover color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an active color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Frontt-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleOne3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule One&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Schedule Two&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleTwo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Two&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Schedule Two&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Schedule Two&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleTwo1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Two&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to order the schedules by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : You can organize in ascending order descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleTwo2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Two&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Navigation&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred color for the tab navigation text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a hover color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an active color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a color for the border.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a background color for the tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Item Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a background color for the tab items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Navigation Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a background color for the tab navigations.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Duration Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a background color for the tab durations.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a title color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose title hover color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for contents.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Duration Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define duration color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Speaker Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the speakers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleTwo3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Two&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Schedule Three&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleThree.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Three&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Schedule Three&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Schedule Three&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleThree1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Three&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to order the schedules by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : You can organize in ascending order descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleThree2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Three&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Navigation&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred color for the tab navigation text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a hover color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an active color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a color for the border.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a title color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose title hover color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for contents.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Duration Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define duration color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Speaker Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the speakers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleThree3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Three&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Speaker One&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerOne.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker One&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Speaker One&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Speaker One&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerOne1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker One&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to order the Speakers by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : You can organize in ascending order descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of items to show at a time.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerOne2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Three&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Duotone Filter&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable duotone filter on the speaker images.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerOne3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker One&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Speaker Two&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerTwo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker Two&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Speaker Two&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Speaker Two&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerTwo1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker Two&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to order the schedules by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : You can organize in ascending order descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of items to show at a time.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Keynote Only&lt;/strong&gt; : Define that you want to show only the keynote speakers or want to show all.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerTwo2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Two&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Duotone Filter&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable duotone filter on the speaker images.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the designation text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Description Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the description text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerTwo3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker Two&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Speaker Three&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerThree.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker Three&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Speaker Three&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Speaker Three&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerThree1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker Three&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to order the Speakers by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : You can organize in ascending order descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of items to show at a time.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Keynote Only&lt;/strong&gt; : Define that you want to show only the keynote speakers or want to show all.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerThree2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Three&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Duotone Filter&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable duotone filter on the speaker images.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the title text hover.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the social icons hover.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the designation text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerThree3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker Three&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Speaker Single&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerSingle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker Three&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Speaker Single&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Speaker Single&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/singleSpeaker1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker Single&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Speaker&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to select a speaker.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Display Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a style to display the speaker information.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Image?&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to use a custom image for the speaker.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/singleSpeaker2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Single&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Filter&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to apply a filter effect to the image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/singleSpeaker3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker Single&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Button&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/button.png&quot; alt=&quot;Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/button1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Action URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the URL where to redirect user when they click on the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Select button alignment/ position.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/button2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the button text hover.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the button active state.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border One Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for border one.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Two Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for border two.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Specify the border width.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of space between two borders.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/button3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Book Now&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/bookNow.png&quot; alt=&quot;Book Now&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Book Now&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Book Now&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/bookNow1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Book Now&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write Title text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the content text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Redirect Message&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the redirect message.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/bookNow2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Book Now&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the color for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Use custom typography for the title text including font-family, size, weight, line-height, letter-spacing, style, etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the color for the content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Use custom typography for the content text including font-family, size, weight, line-height, letter-spacing, style, etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the color for the button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Use custom typography for the button text including font-family, size, weight, line-height, letter-spacing, style, etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Redirect Message&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the color for the redirect message.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Use custom typography for the redirect message including font-family, size, weight, line-height, letter-spacing, style, etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/bookNow3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Book Now&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;EventBrite Button&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventBriteButton.png&quot; alt=&quot;EventBrite Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;EventBrite Button&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;EventBrite Button&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventBriteButton1.png&quot; alt=&quot;EventBrite Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EventBrite ID&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the EventBrite ID here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the button position.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventBriteButton2.png&quot; alt=&quot;EventBrite Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the color for the button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the hover color for the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the active color for the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border One Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the color for border 1.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Two Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the color for border 2.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the border width.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of space between two borders.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventBriteButtonn3.png&quot; alt=&quot;EventBrite Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Venue&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/venue.png&quot; alt=&quot;Venue&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Venue&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Venue&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/venue1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Venue&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Venue Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the name of the venue.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Address Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the address title here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Venue Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the venue address here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Location Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the location title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Location Content&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the venue location.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose Image** : Allows you to choose an image for the venue.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/venue2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Venue&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Blog Post&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/blogPost.png&quot; alt=&quot;Blog Post&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Blog Post&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Blog Post&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/blogPost1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Blog Post&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Query&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Order Blog Posts by Date, Title or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Order in Descending order or Ascending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of items to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Sticky&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable sticky option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/blogPost2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Blog Post&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;EventBrite&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventBrite.png&quot; alt=&quot;EventBrite&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;EventBrite&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;EventBrite&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventBrite1.png&quot; alt=&quot;EventBrite&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EventBrite ID&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the EventBrite ID here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventBrite2.png&quot; alt=&quot;EventBrite&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Pricing Table&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/pricingTable.png&quot; alt=&quot;Pricing Table&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Pricing Table&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Pricing Table&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/pricingTable1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Pricing Table&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the title text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Subtitle&lt;/strong&gt; : Write subtitle text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pricing&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Currency Symbol&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the currency symbol from the drop down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the price.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sale&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this option, you can add the old price of your product in scratch text style.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Period&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the pricing valid for Days, Months, or Years.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Features&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Configure for feature 1 including title, icon, and icon color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button link.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Additional Info&lt;/strong&gt; : Provide the additional information.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ribbon&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing ribbon.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Ribbon title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Horizontal Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the position either left or right.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/pricingTable2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Pricing Table&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of padding on header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the title color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography options for title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Subtitle Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the subtitle color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography options for subtitle text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pricing&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of padding on header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the text color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography options for the text. &lt;strong&gt;Currency Symbol&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the size of the currency symbol.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Vertical position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the position of the currency symbol.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fractional Part&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the size of the fractional part.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Vertical position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the position of the fractional part.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Period&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color for the period text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography options for the text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define its position.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Features&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the background color for the features section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of padding you want to add.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography options for the text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the position.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the width for the features area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Divider&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing divider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the style for the divider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color for the divider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the width for the divider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the height for the divider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Gap&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of gap between two items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the background color for the footer section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of padding you want to add.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose button style either Normal or Hover.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the color of the texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography options for the button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the background color for the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the type of the border.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the border radius.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of padding for the footer texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Additional Info&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color for additional texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography options for additional texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Margin&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of margin for the section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ribbon&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the background color for the ribbon section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Distance&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the distance of the ribbon from the corner.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a color for the text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography options for ribbon text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable and customize box shadow options.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/pricingTable3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Pricing Table&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Event Countdown&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventCountdown.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event Countdown&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Event Countdown&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Event Countdown&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventCountdown1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event Countdown&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;View&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose countdown display type. You can either show countdown inline or block style.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Days&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to show or hide days.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hours&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to show or hide hours.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Minutes&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to show or hide minutes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Seconds&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to show or hide seconds.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Labels&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable showing labels.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Labels&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this option let you use your custom labels for Days, Hours, Minutes, and Seconds.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventCountdown2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event Countdown&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Container Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the width of the countdown section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a background Color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the countdown timer alignment.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the numbers and texts alignment on countdown.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable box shadow.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Select border type.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Define amount of border radius.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Space Between&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of space between Days, Hours, Minutes, and Seconds.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Add amount of padding value on the numbers and label texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Digits&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Individual Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable and set individual colors for the digits.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a common color for the digits.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography options for digit texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Label&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Individual Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable and set individual colors for the labels.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a common color for the labels.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography options for label texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventCountdown3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event Countdown&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Ticket Tailor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/ticketTailor.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ticket Tailor&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Ticket Tailor&lt;/strong&gt; on your website page and make it work requires a few simple procedures, that I’m going to explain one by one.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step : 1&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://wordpress.org/plugins/ticket-tailor/&quot;&gt;Download&lt;/a&gt; and Install &lt;strong&gt;Ticket Tailor&lt;/strong&gt; WordPress plugin.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Enable that plugin from the WordPress admin panel. ( &lt;code&gt;Plugins&amp;gt; Install Plugins&lt;/code&gt; )&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step : 2&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;strong&gt;Ticket Tailor&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.tickettailor.com/&quot;&gt;website&lt;/a&gt; and login with your valid username and password.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to Dashboard&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Add a new event and click on the just created event.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/tt1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ticket Tailor&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step : 3&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Website embed codes&lt;/strong&gt; like pointed on the screenshot below.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/tt2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ticket Tailor&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now select the direction &lt;strong&gt;For WordPress websites&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Copy and preserve the URL that pointed by yellow color on the screenshot below.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/tt3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ticket Tailor&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step : 4&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;, where to place &lt;strong&gt;Ticket Tailor&lt;/strong&gt; element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Ticket Tailor&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step : 5&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Paste the copied URL on the &lt;strong&gt;Event Widget URL&lt;/strong&gt; text box and finally&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/ticketTailor1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ticket Tailor&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Event Widget URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the event widget URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Minimal&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable switching minimal or not.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Fill&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable background fill option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing logo.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/ticketTailor2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ticket Tailor&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Ticket Tailor Button&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/ticketTailorButton.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ticket Tailor Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Ticket Tailor Button&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Ticket Tailor Button&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/ticketTailorButton1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ticket Tailor Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the button alignment.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ticket Tailor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Event Widget URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the event widget URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Minimal&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable switching minimal or not.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Fill&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable background fill option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing logo.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/ticketTailorButton2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ticket Tailor Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the text color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for hover effect.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define a color for the active state.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border One Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose border one color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Two Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose border two color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Define border width.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Set border spacing.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/ticketTailorButton3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ticket Tailor Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;MailChimp&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/mailChimp.png&quot; alt=&quot;MailChimp&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;MailChimp&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;MailChimp&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/mailChimp1.png&quot; alt=&quot;MailChimp&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Action URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the URL to redirect at the submit button click event.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Input Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom name of the element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Email Placeholder&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the placeholder text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Specify the button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/mailChimp2.png&quot; alt=&quot;MailChimp&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Form&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the type of border.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Specify the amount of border radius.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt; : Configure the custom button settings.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/mailChimp3.png&quot; alt=&quot;MailChimp&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Tickera Event Tickets&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/tickeraEventTickets.png&quot; alt=&quot;Tickera Event Tickets&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Tickera Event Tickets&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Tickera Event Tickets&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/tickeraEventTickets1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Tickera Event Tickets&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Event&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an event from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the title of the Link.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ticket Type Column Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the “Ticket Type” column title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price Column Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the “Price” column title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cart Column Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the “Cart” column title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Quantity Column Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the “Quantity” column title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Soldout Message&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the soldout message as you wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Quantity Selector&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing quantity selector.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to select link type either &lt;strong&gt;Cart&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;Buy Now&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/tickeraEventTickets2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Tickera Event Tickets&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Testimonial Carousel&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/testimonialCarousel.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial Carousel&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Carousel&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Carousel&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/testimonialCarousel1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial Carousel&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the name of the person.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Job&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the profession of the person.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Add the image of the person.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Write Testimonial&lt;/strong&gt; : Write his testimonial text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;See our other WordPress template with detailed &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com//docs/wordpress-themes/agencia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt;.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;A pre-SEO optimized and responsive Joomla template with 7 interactive homepage variations, crafted beautifully for event management websites.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventas.png&quot; alt=&quot;Eventas&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;One Click Demo Import&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Stunning Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Attractive Home Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Huge Built-in Pages&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Optimized&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;RTL Supports&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic Navigation Menu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Collapsing Transaction&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social Sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Social Commenting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Revolution Slider and Carousel&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag and Drop page builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Color Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Sticky Headers&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Eye-catching Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run Eventas smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to Eventas &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themeforest.net&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; page on &lt;strong&gt;www.themeforest.net&lt;/strong&gt; then download the &lt;strong&gt;EventasPackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file. In this &lt;strong&gt;.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file, you have everything you need.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot; title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install Eventas theme on your server. Its quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply Eventas theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;eventas.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of Eventas theme. So, before getting started with the installing process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire eventas.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the eventas.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Child Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you plan to modify the source code of the main parent theme (php, js, style.css) we strongly recommend to install this child theme and make such modifications inside this child theme in order to avoid any possible problems &amp;amp; issues by installing updates of Eventas main parent theme in future. You can find this child theme in &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder – please look for &lt;strong&gt;eventas-child.zip&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The installation of the child theme works in the same way as the installation of the main parent theme (see description above).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;DON’T TRY TO INSTALL CHILD THEME IF THE MAIN THEME IS NOT INSTALLED YET. THIS WILL GIVE NO RESULT!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Alternative: Upload Eventas via FTP&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In case you wish install the theme via FTP, proceed as follows:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Unzip &lt;strong&gt;eventas.zip&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Login to your hosting space via an FTP Client&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Upload the whole contents of the unzipped &lt;strong&gt;eventas.zip&lt;/strong&gt; into wp-content/themes/ folder under your WordPress installation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Once you’ve uploaded the theme you can open &lt;strong&gt;Appearance → Themes&lt;/strong&gt; page and activate the theme from list. After that you need to install and activate the plugins as described above.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are four plugins, required for Academia theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/required.png&quot; alt=&quot;Eventas&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Eventas Core: Theme Core Functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2: The metabox framework we used to create metaboxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor: Drag and Drop page builder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework: The option framework we used to create options panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;recommended&lt;/strong&gt;)One Click Demo Import : Import demo data with one click.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;recommended&lt;/strong&gt;)Contact Form 7 : For creating the contact form.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Before activating those plugins, you have to install them manually. To do so,&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Install Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select those required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From the drop-down menu, select &lt;strong&gt;Install&lt;/strong&gt; and click on Apply.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After plugins installation been completed, to activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&amp;gt; Installed Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all those required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot; title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatic plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot; title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/demo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Eventas&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Just click on the &lt;strong&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/strong&gt; button below of the module and it’ll successfully import with taking a minimum amount of time.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can import demo data manually with the following procedures.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Tools&amp;gt; Import&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select the &lt;strong&gt;WordPress&lt;/strong&gt; from the list. It can be found at the bottom of the list of plugins, normally.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Install the WordPress Importer plugin, if you haven't installed it yet.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After being installed, click on &lt;strong&gt;Run Importer&lt;/strong&gt; to open the module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It allows you to select the demo data file from your local drive and upload into your server.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/demo2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Eventas&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, click on &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt;. Once you click on it, it prompts up a screen, allowing you to select the demo data file from your local drive.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose the &lt;strong&gt;eventas-content-demo.xml&lt;/strong&gt; file and click &lt;em&gt;Upload file and import&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Demo data files can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Demo&lt;/strong&gt; folder after you extract the theme package and the path should be &lt;code&gt;/Demo/eventas-content-demo.xml&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;On the second screen, set up an author and don't forget to check the &lt;strong&gt;Download and import file attachments&lt;/strong&gt;. After making sure it is checked in, click on &lt;em&gt;Submit&lt;/em&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can also import widget setting via this widget &lt;a href=&quot;https://wordpress.org/plugins/widget-settings-importexport/&quot;&gt;Importer Plugin&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Widget setting file can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Demo&lt;/strong&gt; folder after you extract the theme package and the path should be &lt;code&gt;/Demo/widget_data.jason&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Options&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Eventas has an advanced admin panel for Theme Options, which gives you plenty of options and settings to customize your website. Go to &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Eventas Options&lt;/strong&gt; and you will get Eventas admin panel. All settings are organized in logical sections and have brief descriptions of what they do. A lot of these settings are self explanatory.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Things to Remember&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Always click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; in order to make your settings take effect.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;By clicking on &lt;strong&gt;Reset Section&lt;/strong&gt; you can reset current section you are customizing and with &lt;strong&gt;Reset All&lt;/strong&gt; you can reset all your settings to the defaults.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can always make a backup and/or restore your settings by using &lt;strong&gt;Import/Export&lt;/strong&gt; option in admin panel. So you can freely experiment with all of Eventas options without having fear to loose some of them.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Please Note: in order to ensure the correct working of theme options (saving your style changes) all caching plugins you may be using on your website should be better deactivated. After you are done with your changes you can activate this caching plugins again.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;General&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/general.png&quot; alt=&quot;General Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred color to set as the theme primary color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Secondary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred color to set as the theme secondary color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Blog Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a position for the blog sidebar.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader?&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable preloader animation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/header.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload a logo for your site branding.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a header layout style from the previews.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Sticky Menu&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to either enable or disable sticky menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the position for the header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Event&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/event.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Event Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your event type, Single Day or Multiple Days.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Event Date&lt;/strong&gt; : If you select “Single Day” in event type you will find this option to set the event date with a date picker.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Venue&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your event venue address to show in Countdown Add-on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Start Time&lt;/strong&gt; : Set starting time of your event in 24 hours format(Between 0-23).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you select “Multiple Days” in event type you will find this option to set starting date of your event with a date picker.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;End Time&lt;/strong&gt; : Set ending time of your event in 24 hours format(Between 0-23).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you select “Multiple Days” in event type you will find this option to set ending date of your event with a date picker.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Social&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/social.png&quot; alt=&quot;Social Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You will find empty text boxes to put all the common social media links. Just put the corresponding link in their particular field.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Facebook URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Facebook profile URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Twitter URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Twitter profile URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;LinkedIn URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Linkedin profile URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Google Plus URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Google Plus profile URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Youtube URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Youtube profile URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Behance URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Behance profile URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dribble URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Dribble profile URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pinterest URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Pinterest profile URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Flickr URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Flickr profile URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/custom.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Style Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred color for the navigation menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for menu active state.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Change menu bottom border color which you can see on active and hover.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Set custom background in Header. You can set color or image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Set custom background in Footer. You can set color or image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Bottom Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Set custom background in footer bottom area. You can set color or image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS Code&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom CSS code here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom JS Code&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom JavaScript code here. If you want to use jQuery, please write “jQuery” instead of “$” sign.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Typography&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/typography.png&quot; alt=&quot;Typography Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your own typography for header (h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6). You can use any Font Family from google fonts. You can also set Font Weight and Font Color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your own typography for site (css rule will apply to ‘body’). You can use any Font Family from google fonts. You can also set Font Weight, Font Color, Font Size and Line Height.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav Menu Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your own typography for menu. You can use any Font Family from google fonts. You can also set Font Weight and Font Size.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Countdown Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your own typography for event countdown. You can use any Font Family from google fonts. You can also set Font Weight and Font Color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Permalink&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/permalink.png&quot; alt=&quot;Permalink Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Custom Permalink&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable permalink option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Schedule Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Define your preferred slug for the schedule post type.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Speaker Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Define your preferred slug for the speaker post type.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Those above two option only can be found when the &lt;strong&gt;Enable Custom Permalink&lt;/strong&gt; option is set on.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/footer.png&quot; alt=&quot;Footer Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your preferred layout style for footer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Logo?&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable footer logo.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Icon?&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show TemeXpert Credit&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing ThemeXpert Credit.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your copyright text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import/ Export&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/import.png&quot; alt=&quot;Import/ Export Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can always make a backup and/or restore your settings here. So you can freely experiment with all of Eventas options without having fear to loose some of them.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose &lt;strong&gt;Home&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/home.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To set Home 2 as your default Homepage, just select &lt;strong&gt;Home 2&lt;/strong&gt; under the front-page drop-down menu. Similarly for Homepage 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 select &lt;strong&gt;Home 3&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Home 4&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Home 5&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Home 6&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;Home 7&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating Dropdown Menu&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select the main menu and drag the submenu items right below the main menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/dropdown1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Put a tick check mark on the display location &lt;strong&gt;Primary&lt;/strong&gt; and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Menu&lt;/strong&gt; on the right-bottom side of the module and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/dropdown2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The fron-end appearance should be like below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/dropdown3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating Schedule&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Creating Schedule might be tricky. But don’t worry. We will guide you. You have to create a schedule for each day for your event. Suppose your event is 3 days long. So you will create 3 schedules. In schedule, you will create your sessions for that day with repeatable fields.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Schedules&amp;gt; Add New&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/schedule1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Adding Schedule&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fill up the required all fields for the session.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/schedule2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Adding Schedule&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Session Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write session name from here. &lt;strong&gt;Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Write some description for this session like what is this session about. &lt;strong&gt;Date&lt;/strong&gt; : This is optional field. Set the date of that day. &lt;strong&gt;Starting Time&lt;/strong&gt; : Set starting time of this session. &lt;strong&gt;Ending Time&lt;/strong&gt; : Set ending time of this session. &lt;strong&gt;Venue&lt;/strong&gt; : You might have multiple session at same time. So write venue of this session here like Hall A, Hall B etc. &lt;strong&gt;Featured?&lt;/strong&gt; : Check this field if this session is keynote or featured. &lt;strong&gt;Speakers&lt;/strong&gt; : Just click the “+” sign of speaker you want to set for this session. You can create speaker from &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Speakers&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;strong&gt;Available Speakers&lt;/strong&gt; : The existing speakers you created so far.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can add multiple session just by clicking on&lt;strong&gt;Add Another Entry&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Finally, Save the settings. Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Publish&lt;/strong&gt; button from the right-top of the module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/publish.png&quot; alt=&quot;Adding Schedule&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/schedule3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Adding Schedule&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating Speakers&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Creating speakers is also simple with a few straightforward steps to be maintained. All the fields are pre-explained so nothing is to be confused with there. To add new speakers,-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Speakers&amp;gt; Add New&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speaker1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Adding Speaker&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fill the all required information of the speaker.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speaker2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Adding Speaker&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Finally, Save the settings. Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Publish&lt;/strong&gt; button from the right-top of the module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/publish.png&quot; alt=&quot;Adding Speaker&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speaker3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Adding Speaker&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Elements / Shortcodes&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can simply add an element on a page. All you need to do, just drag the element you want to add and drop it in a page then customize its setting as your preferences. You will have plenty of default elements to add or you can add our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;Eventas&lt;/em&gt; theme from the &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; tab on the elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/elements.png&quot; alt=&quot;Elements&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor is the one of the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3B5HL11uhVE&quot; title=&quot;Getting Started with Elementor&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 1&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=joWTUN77hnA&quot;&gt;Learn How to Build Your Page Layout on Elementor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 2&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HkD_Lx-DGn4&quot;&gt;Style Options for Sections and Columns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 3&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gkTfyjG38g&quot;&gt;Padding, Margin, Responsive and Other Settings in the Advanced Tab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/&quot;&gt;https://docs.elementor.com/&lt;/a&gt; you can find see the complete documentation of elementor page builder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;Eventas&lt;/em&gt; theme can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Eventas&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Schedule One&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleOne.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule One&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Schedule One&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Schedule One&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleOne1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule One&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to order the schedules by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : You can organize in ascending order descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleOne2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule One&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred color for the tab navigation text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a hover color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an active color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Frontt-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleOne3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule One&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Schedule Two&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleTwo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Two&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Schedule Two&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Schedule Two&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleTwo1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Two&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to order the schedules by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : You can organize in ascending order descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleTwo2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Two&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Navigation&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred color for the tab navigation text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a hover color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an active color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a color for the border.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a background color for the tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Item Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a background color for the tab items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Navigation Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a background color for the tab navigations.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Duration Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a background color for the tab durations.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a title color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose title hover color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for contents.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Duration Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define duration color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Speaker Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the speakers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleTwo3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Two&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Schedule Three&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleThree.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Three&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Schedule Three&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Schedule Three&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleThree1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Three&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to order the schedules by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : You can organize in ascending order descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleThree2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Three&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Navigation&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred color for the tab navigation text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a hover color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an active color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a color for the border.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a title color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose title hover color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for contents.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Duration Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define duration color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Speaker Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the speakers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/scheduleThree3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Three&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Speaker One&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerOne.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker One&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Speaker One&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Speaker One&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerOne1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker One&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to order the Speakers by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : You can organize in ascending order descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of items to show at a time.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerOne2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Three&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Duotone Filter&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable duotone filter on the speaker images.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerOne3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker One&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Speaker Two&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerTwo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker Two&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Speaker Two&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Speaker Two&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerTwo1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker Two&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to order the schedules by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : You can organize in ascending order descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of items to show at a time.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Keynote Only&lt;/strong&gt; : Define that you want to show only the keynote speakers or want to show all.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerTwo2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Two&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Duotone Filter&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable duotone filter on the speaker images.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the designation text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Description Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the description text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerTwo3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker Two&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Speaker Three&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerThree.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker Three&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Speaker Three&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Speaker Three&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerThree1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker Three&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to order the Speakers by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : You can organize in ascending order descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of items to show at a time.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Keynote Only&lt;/strong&gt; : Define that you want to show only the keynote speakers or want to show all.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerThree2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Three&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Duotone Filter&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable duotone filter on the speaker images.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the title text hover.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the social icons hover.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the designation text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerThree3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker Three&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Speaker Single&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/speakerSingle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker Three&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Speaker Single&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Speaker Single&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/singleSpeaker1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker Single&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Speaker&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to select a speaker.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Display Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a style to display the speaker information.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Image?&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to use a custom image for the speaker.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/singleSpeaker2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Schedule Single&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Filter&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to apply a filter effect to the image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/singleSpeaker3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Speaker Single&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Button&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/button.png&quot; alt=&quot;Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/button1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Action URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the URL where to redirect user when they click on the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Select button alignment/ position.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/button2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the button text hover.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the button active state.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border One Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for border one.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Two Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for border two.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Specify the border width.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of space between two borders.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/button3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Book Now&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/bookNow.png&quot; alt=&quot;Book Now&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Book Now&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Book Now&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/bookNow1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Book Now&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write Title text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the content text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Redirect Message&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the redirect message.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/bookNow2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Book Now&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the color for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Use custom typography for the title text including font-family, size, weight, line-height, letter-spacing, style, etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the color for the content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Use custom typography for the content text including font-family, size, weight, line-height, letter-spacing, style, etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the color for the button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Use custom typography for the button text including font-family, size, weight, line-height, letter-spacing, style, etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Redirect Message&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the color for the redirect message.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Use custom typography for the redirect message including font-family, size, weight, line-height, letter-spacing, style, etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/bookNow3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Book Now&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;EventBrite Button&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventBriteButton.png&quot; alt=&quot;EventBrite Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;EventBrite Button&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;EventBrite Button&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventBriteButton1.png&quot; alt=&quot;EventBrite Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EventBrite ID&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the EventBrite ID here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the button position.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventBriteButton2.png&quot; alt=&quot;EventBrite Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the color for the button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the hover color for the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the active color for the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border One Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the color for border 1.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Two Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the color for border 2.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the border width.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of space between two borders.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventBriteButtonn3.png&quot; alt=&quot;EventBrite Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Venue&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/venue.png&quot; alt=&quot;Venue&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Venue&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Venue&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/venue1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Venue&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Venue Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the name of the venue.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Address Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the address title here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Venue Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the venue address here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Location Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the location title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Location Content&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the venue location.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose Image** : Allows you to choose an image for the venue.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/venue2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Venue&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Blog Post&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/blogPost.png&quot; alt=&quot;Blog Post&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Blog Post&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Blog Post&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/blogPost1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Blog Post&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Query&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Order Blog Posts by Date, Title or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Order in Descending order or Ascending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of items to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Sticky&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable sticky option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/blogPost2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Blog Post&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;EventBrite&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventBrite.png&quot; alt=&quot;EventBrite&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;EventBrite&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;EventBrite&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventBrite1.png&quot; alt=&quot;EventBrite&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EventBrite ID&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the EventBrite ID here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventBrite2.png&quot; alt=&quot;EventBrite&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Pricing Table&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/pricingTable.png&quot; alt=&quot;Pricing Table&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Pricing Table&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Pricing Table&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/pricingTable1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Pricing Table&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the title text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Subtitle&lt;/strong&gt; : Write subtitle text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pricing&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Currency Symbol&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the currency symbol from the drop down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the price.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sale&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this option, you can add the old price of your product in scratch text style.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Period&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the pricing valid for Days, Months, or Years.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Features&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Configure for feature 1 including title, icon, and icon color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button link.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Additional Info&lt;/strong&gt; : Provide the additional information.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ribbon&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing ribbon.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Ribbon title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Horizontal Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the position either left or right.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/pricingTable2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Pricing Table&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of padding on header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the title color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography options for title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Subtitle Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the subtitle color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography options for subtitle text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pricing&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of padding on header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the text color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography options for the text. &lt;strong&gt;Currency Symbol&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the size of the currency symbol.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Vertical position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the position of the currency symbol.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fractional Part&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the size of the fractional part.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Vertical position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the position of the fractional part.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Period&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color for the period text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography options for the text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define its position.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Features&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the background color for the features section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of padding you want to add.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography options for the text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the position.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the width for the features area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Divider&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing divider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the style for the divider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color for the divider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the width for the divider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the height for the divider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Gap&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of gap between two items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the background color for the footer section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of padding you want to add.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose button style either Normal or Hover.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the color of the texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography options for the button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the background color for the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the type of the border.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the border radius.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of padding for the footer texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Additional Info&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color for additional texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography options for additional texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Margin&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of margin for the section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ribbon&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the background color for the ribbon section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Distance&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the distance of the ribbon from the corner.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a color for the text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography options for ribbon text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable and customize box shadow options.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/pricingTable3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Pricing Table&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Event Countdown&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventCountdown.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event Countdown&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Event Countdown&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Event Countdown&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventCountdown1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event Countdown&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;View&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose countdown display type. You can either show countdown inline or block style.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Days&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to show or hide days.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hours&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to show or hide hours.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Minutes&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to show or hide minutes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Seconds&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to show or hide seconds.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Labels&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable showing labels.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Labels&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this option let you use your custom labels for Days, Hours, Minutes, and Seconds.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventCountdown2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event Countdown&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Container Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the width of the countdown section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a background Color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the countdown timer alignment.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the numbers and texts alignment on countdown.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable box shadow.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Select border type.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Define amount of border radius.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Space Between&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of space between Days, Hours, Minutes, and Seconds.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Add amount of padding value on the numbers and label texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Digits&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Individual Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable and set individual colors for the digits.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a common color for the digits.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography options for digit texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Label&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Individual Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable and set individual colors for the labels.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a common color for the labels.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography options for label texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/eventCountdown3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event Countdown&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Ticket Tailor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/ticketTailor.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ticket Tailor&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Ticket Tailor&lt;/strong&gt; on your website page and make it work requires a few simple procedures, that I’m going to explain one by one.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step : 1&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://wordpress.org/plugins/ticket-tailor/&quot;&gt;Download&lt;/a&gt; and Install &lt;strong&gt;Ticket Tailor&lt;/strong&gt; WordPress plugin.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Enable that plugin from the WordPress admin panel. ( &lt;code&gt;Plugins&amp;gt; Install Plugins&lt;/code&gt; )&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step : 2&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;strong&gt;Ticket Tailor&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.tickettailor.com/&quot;&gt;website&lt;/a&gt; and login with your valid username and password.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to Dashboard&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Add a new event and click on the just created event.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/tt1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ticket Tailor&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step : 3&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Website embed codes&lt;/strong&gt; like pointed on the screenshot below.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/tt2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ticket Tailor&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now select the direction &lt;strong&gt;For WordPress websites&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Copy and preserve the URL that pointed by yellow color on the screenshot below.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/tt3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ticket Tailor&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step : 4&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;, where to place &lt;strong&gt;Ticket Tailor&lt;/strong&gt; element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Ticket Tailor&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Step : 5&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Paste the copied URL on the &lt;strong&gt;Event Widget URL&lt;/strong&gt; text box and finally&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/ticketTailor1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ticket Tailor&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Event Widget URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the event widget URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Minimal&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable switching minimal or not.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Fill&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable background fill option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing logo.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/ticketTailor2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ticket Tailor&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Ticket Tailor Button&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/ticketTailorButton.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ticket Tailor Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Ticket Tailor Button&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Ticket Tailor Button&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/ticketTailorButton1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ticket Tailor Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the button alignment.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ticket Tailor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Event Widget URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the event widget URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Minimal&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable switching minimal or not.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Fill&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable background fill option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing logo.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/ticketTailorButton2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ticket Tailor Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the text color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for hover effect.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Define a color for the active state.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border One Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose border one color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Two Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose border two color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Define border width.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Set border spacing.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/ticketTailorButton3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ticket Tailor Button&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;MailChimp&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/mailChimp.png&quot; alt=&quot;MailChimp&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;MailChimp&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;MailChimp&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/mailChimp1.png&quot; alt=&quot;MailChimp&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Action URL&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the URL to redirect at the submit button click event.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Input Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your custom name of the element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Email Placeholder&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the placeholder text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Specify the button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/mailChimp2.png&quot; alt=&quot;MailChimp&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Form&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the type of border.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Specify the amount of border radius.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt; : Configure the custom button settings.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/mailChimp3.png&quot; alt=&quot;MailChimp&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Tickera Event Tickets&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/tickeraEventTickets.png&quot; alt=&quot;Tickera Event Tickets&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Tickera Event Tickets&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Tickera Event Tickets&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/tickeraEventTickets1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Tickera Event Tickets&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Event&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an event from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the title of the Link.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ticket Type Column Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the “Ticket Type” column title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price Column Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the “Price” column title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cart Column Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the “Cart” column title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Quantity Column Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the “Quantity” column title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Soldout Message&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the soldout message as you wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Quantity Selector&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable showing quantity selector.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to select link type either &lt;strong&gt;Cart&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;Buy Now&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/tickeraEventTickets2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Tickera Event Tickets&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Testimonial Carousel&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/testimonialCarousel.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial Carousel&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Carousel&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Carousel&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Eventas Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventas/testimonialCarousel1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Testimonial Carousel&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the name of the person.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Job&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the profession of the person.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Add the image of the person.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Write Testimonial&lt;/strong&gt; : Write his testimonial text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;See our other WordPress template with detailed &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com//docs/wordpress-themes/agencia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt;.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<category term="WordPress Themes" />
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<title>Universidad</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad"/>
		<published>2017-05-08T16:59:03+06:00</published>
		<updated>2017-05-08T16:59:03+06:00</updated>
		<id>https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad</id>
		<author>
			<name>Parvez Akther</name>
			<email>parvez@themexpert.com</email>
		</author>
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Universidad is a Responsive WordPress theme, supported with LMS that's specially crafted for educational websites. Its most recent trendy layouts is able to leave an everlasting sketch on its visitors mind. Its SEO optimization capability make you tension free to be get indexed by search engines fast.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/universidad.png&quot; alt=&quot;Universidad&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Meaningful Trendy Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;4 Home Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Huge Built-in Pages&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Optimized&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Box Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;RTL Supports&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic Navigation Menu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Collapsing Transaction&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social Sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Social Commenting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Revolution Slider and Carousel&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WooCommerce Ready&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Full Featured Blog&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Individual Teacher Page&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Course Details Page&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Notice Board&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Login System Integrated&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run Universidad smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to our &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/downloads&quot;&gt;download&lt;/a&gt; page and click &lt;strong&gt;Explore&lt;/strong&gt; button of next to the &lt;strong&gt;Universidad&lt;/strong&gt; under the &lt;strong&gt;WORDPRESS THEME&lt;/strong&gt; tab. You’ll find the theme file and demo data listed there.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install Universidad theme on your server. Its quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply Universidad theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;universidad.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of Universidad theme. So, before getting started with the installing process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire universidad.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the universidad.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are four plugins, required for Universidad theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Universidad Core: theme core functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor: Drag &amp;amp; Drop page builder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WooCommerce: For selling Publication or Book.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Contact Form 7&lt;/strong&gt; (optional). We recommend this for the contact form.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all those four required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here: &lt;a title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatic plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Tools&amp;gt; Import&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select the &lt;strong&gt;WordPress&lt;/strong&gt; from the list. It can be found at the bottom of the list of plugins, normally.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Install the WordPress Importer plugin, if you haven't installed it yet.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After being installed, click on &lt;strong&gt;Run Importer&lt;/strong&gt; to open the module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It allows you to select the demo data file from your local drive and upload into your server.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, click on &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt;. Once you click on it, it prompts up a screen, allowing you to select the demo data file from your local drive.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose the &lt;strong&gt;demo-data.xml&lt;/strong&gt; file and click &lt;em&gt;Upload file and import&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Demo data files can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Demo&lt;/strong&gt; folder after you extract the theme package and the path should be &lt;code&gt;/Demo/demo-data.xml&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;On the second screen, set up an author and don't forget to check the &lt;strong&gt;Download and import file attachments&lt;/strong&gt;. After making sure it is checked in, click on &lt;em&gt;Submit&lt;/em&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can also import widget setting via this widget &lt;a href=&quot;https://wordpress.org/plugins/widget-settings-importexport/&quot;&gt;Importer Plugin&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Widget setting file can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Demo&lt;/strong&gt; folder after you extract the theme package and the path should be &lt;code&gt;/Demo/widget_data.jason&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Settings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can differently customize theme according to your need using Easy Customization feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Universidad&lt;/strong&gt; at left-bottom corner of the module screen to open up &lt;em&gt;Theme Setting&lt;/em&gt; panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;General Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/general.png&quot; alt=&quot;General Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Theme Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the primary theme color from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Blog Style&lt;/strong&gt; : You can either select &lt;em&gt;List&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Grid&lt;/em&gt; style for the blog with this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable &lt;em&gt;Preloader&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Preloader Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a color for the preloader background. This option can only be found when the &lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader&lt;/strong&gt; option is &lt;em&gt;enabled&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Preloader Gif Image&lt;/strong&gt; : You can select the preloader gif image with this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Breadcrumb&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you the control over enabling or disabling &lt;em&gt;breadcrumb&lt;/em&gt; for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Themesgrove Credit&lt;/strong&gt; : Keep it enabled if you want to give us credit. You can disable this option either.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/header.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Header Variation&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the section are from the right side preview and its customization settings will appear right below this.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your site logo.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Telephone&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your telephone number here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Email&lt;/strong&gt; : Add your email address here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the header background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sticky Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable &lt;em&gt;Sticky Header&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Header Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a header background image for your course page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Notice Header Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a header background image for your notice page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Teacher Header Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a header background image for your teacher page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search Page Header Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a header background image for search result page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/custom.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Style&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Style&lt;/strong&gt; : By default this option is &lt;em&gt;disabled&lt;/em&gt;. To enable this option, a couple of settings will appear to customize according to your preference.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set header primary color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Top Link Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set header Top Link color including Regular color, Hover color, and Active color as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set Menu color including Regular color, Hover color, and Active color as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set a color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Link Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set Body Link color including Regular color, Hover color and Active color as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set footer primary color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Link Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set Footer Link Color including Regular color, Hover color and Active color as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Those above seven settings can be found only if you enable the &lt;strong&gt;Custom Style&lt;/strong&gt; feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Write custom CSS code here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom JS&lt;/strong&gt; : Write custom JS code here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Typography Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/typography.png&quot; alt=&quot;Typography Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : This option allows you to use thousands of google fonts in different sections in your site. First, enable this to get the customization settings to appear.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Header Font and Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to select a font style and font type for the header section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select BodyFont and Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to select a font style for the body.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Footer Font and Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to select a font style and font type for the footer section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sidebar Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/sidebar.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Sidebar Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the default sidebar position. You can either choose &lt;em&gt;Left&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Right&lt;/em&gt; from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Permalink Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/permalink.png&quot; alt=&quot;Permalink Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Permalink&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this feature allows you to customize &lt;em&gt;permalink&lt;/em&gt; according to your needs.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Type&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Course Post Type&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Notice Board Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Notice Board Post Type&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Teachers Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Teachers Post Type&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Testimonial Post Type&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Taxonomy&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Category Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Course Category Taxonomy&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Notice Board Category Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Notice Board Category Taxonomy&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Name Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Course Name Taxonomy&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After you generate your own preferred custom slug, its &lt;strong&gt;IMPORTANT&lt;/strong&gt; to go to &lt;code&gt;Settings&lt;/code&gt; module from the left sidebar and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button in the bottom-left corner.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer Options&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/footer.png&quot; alt=&quot;Footer Options&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Footer Top Area?&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable footer top area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns you need in your site footer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a footer background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your copyright text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Backup Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/backup.png&quot; alt=&quot;Backup Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import and Backup&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to import a backup theme. Just to paste the backed up string on the empty text box and then click this button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import and Download Backup&lt;/strong&gt; : With this button, you can make a backup of your current theme.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose &lt;strong&gt;Home 1&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Home 1&lt;/strong&gt; for Homepage 1, &lt;strong&gt;Home 2&lt;/strong&gt; for Homepage 2 and &lt;strong&gt;Home 3&lt;/strong&gt; fro Homepage 3.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/home1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.(optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Creating Dropdown Menu&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select a main-menu and drag the submenu items right below the main-menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/dropdown1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Menu&lt;/strong&gt; on the right-bottom side of the module and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/dropdown2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance should be like below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/dropdown3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Elements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can simply add an element on a page. All you need to do, just drag the element you want to add and drop it in a page then customize its setting as your preferrences. You will have plenty of default elements to add or you can add our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;Universidad&lt;/em&gt; theme from the &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; tab on the elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/elements.png&quot; alt=&quot;Elements&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor is the one of the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;a title=&quot;Getting Started with Elementor&quot; href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3B5HL11uhVE&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 1&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=joWTUN77hnA&quot;&gt;Learn How to Build Your Page Layout on Elementor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 2&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HkD_Lx-DGn4&quot;&gt;Style Options for Sections and Columns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 3&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gkTfyjG38g&quot;&gt;Padding, Margin, Responsive and Other Settings in the Advanced Tab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/&quot;&gt;https://docs.elementor.com/&lt;/a&gt; you can find see the complete documentation of elementor page builder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;Universidad&lt;/em&gt; theme can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Universidad&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Universidad Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-slider.png&quot; alt=&quot;Universidad Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-slider1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Universidad Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the title text for the slider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a title animation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Slider Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload images for slider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the description text for slider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose description text animation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Input the button link.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation for the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-slider2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Universidad Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Content Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing between description text and title text of the slider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the slider description text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose font, style, size for the slider content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Item Overlay BG Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a BG color for the slider content to apply as overlay.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Define your custom style for the button used in slider.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Control Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Define your custom control options for slider background.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-slider3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Universidad Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Teacher List&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-tlist.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher List&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Teacher List&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Teacher List&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-tlist1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher List&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many image you want to show at a time.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show those images.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-tlist2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher List&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a theme style for the Teacher List to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-tlist3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher List&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Teacher List Two&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-tlist-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher List Two&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Teacher List Two&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Teacher List Two&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-tlist-21.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher List Two&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many image you want to show at a time.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show those images.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-tlist-22.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher List Two&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a theme style for the Teacher List to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-tlist-23.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher List Two&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Notice&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-notice.png&quot; alt=&quot;Notice&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Notice&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Notice&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-notice1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Notice&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Order by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Order in Ascending order or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of item to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns in which you want to show the contents.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-notice2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Notice&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Course&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Course&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Course&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Order by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Order in Ascending order or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of item to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns in which you want to show the contents.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Apply Button&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Active&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the button active or not.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an overlay color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt; Use your custom settings (Typography, Background Color, Border Type, Border Radius, Box Shadow, Text Padding) for the buttons.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Course Two&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Two&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Course Two&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Course Two&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course-21.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Two&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Order by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Order in Ascending order or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of item to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns in which you want to show the contents.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Apply Button&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Active&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the button active or not.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course-22.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Two&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an overlay color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt; Use your custom settings (Typography, Background Color, Border Type, Border Radius, Box Shadow, Text Padding) for the buttons.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course-23.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Two&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Course Three&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course-3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Three&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Course Three&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Course Three&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course-31.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Three&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Order by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Order in Ascending order or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of item to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns in which you want to show the contents.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Apply Button&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Active&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the button active or not.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course-32.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Three&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an overlay color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt; Use your custom settings (Typography, Background Color, Border Type, Border Radius, Box Shadow, Text Padding) for the buttons.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course-33.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Three&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Course Info&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-cInfo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Info&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Course Info&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Course Info&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-cInfo1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Info&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the Course Title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Start Date&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the course starting date.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course End Date&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the course ending date.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Estimated Duration&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the course duration in months.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Maximum Students&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the maximum student's capacity.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Time&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the time ( from - to)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Levels&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the levels ( beginner, pro, advance, etc.)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the course cost.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-cInfo2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Info&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Course Teacher&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-cTeacher.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Teacher&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Course Teacher&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Course Teacher&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-cTeacher1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Teacher&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the Course information here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lecturers Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the course lecturer name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;About Lecturer&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the bio-information of the lecturer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Facebook Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Facebook profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Twitter Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Twitter profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Instagram Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Instagram profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;LinkedIn Link&lt;/strong&gt; : LinkedIn profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-cTeacher2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Teacher&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Publication&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-publication.png&quot; alt=&quot;Publication&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Publication&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Publication&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-publication1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Publication&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Order by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Order in Ascending order or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of item to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns in which you want to show the contents.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-publication2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Publication&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Events&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-events.png&quot; alt=&quot;Events&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Events&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Events&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-events1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Events&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Order by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Order in Ascending order or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of item to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns in which you want to show the contents.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-events2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Events&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Events Two&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-events-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Events&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Events Two&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Events Two&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-events-21.png&quot; alt=&quot;Events Two&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Order by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Order in Ascending order or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of item to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns in which you want to show the contents.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-events-22.png&quot; alt=&quot;Events Two&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Universidad is a Responsive WordPress theme, supported with LMS that's specially crafted for educational websites. Its most recent trendy layouts is able to leave an everlasting sketch on its visitors mind. Its SEO optimization capability make you tension free to be get indexed by search engines fast.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/universidad.png&quot; alt=&quot;Universidad&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Meaningful Trendy Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;4 Home Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Huge Built-in Pages&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Optimized&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Box Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;RTL Supports&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic Navigation Menu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Collapsing Transaction&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social Sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Social Commenting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Revolution Slider and Carousel&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WooCommerce Ready&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Full Featured Blog&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Individual Teacher Page&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Course Details Page&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Notice Board&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Login System Integrated&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run Universidad smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to our &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/downloads&quot;&gt;download&lt;/a&gt; page and click &lt;strong&gt;Explore&lt;/strong&gt; button of next to the &lt;strong&gt;Universidad&lt;/strong&gt; under the &lt;strong&gt;WORDPRESS THEME&lt;/strong&gt; tab. You’ll find the theme file and demo data listed there.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install Universidad theme on your server. Its quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply Universidad theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;universidad.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of Universidad theme. So, before getting started with the installing process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire universidad.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the universidad.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are four plugins, required for Universidad theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Universidad Core: theme core functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor: Drag &amp;amp; Drop page builder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WooCommerce: For selling Publication or Book.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Contact Form 7&lt;/strong&gt; (optional). We recommend this for the contact form.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all those four required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here: &lt;a title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatic plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Tools&amp;gt; Import&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select the &lt;strong&gt;WordPress&lt;/strong&gt; from the list. It can be found at the bottom of the list of plugins, normally.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Install the WordPress Importer plugin, if you haven't installed it yet.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After being installed, click on &lt;strong&gt;Run Importer&lt;/strong&gt; to open the module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It allows you to select the demo data file from your local drive and upload into your server.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, click on &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt;. Once you click on it, it prompts up a screen, allowing you to select the demo data file from your local drive.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose the &lt;strong&gt;demo-data.xml&lt;/strong&gt; file and click &lt;em&gt;Upload file and import&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Demo data files can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Demo&lt;/strong&gt; folder after you extract the theme package and the path should be &lt;code&gt;/Demo/demo-data.xml&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;On the second screen, set up an author and don't forget to check the &lt;strong&gt;Download and import file attachments&lt;/strong&gt;. After making sure it is checked in, click on &lt;em&gt;Submit&lt;/em&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can also import widget setting via this widget &lt;a href=&quot;https://wordpress.org/plugins/widget-settings-importexport/&quot;&gt;Importer Plugin&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Widget setting file can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Demo&lt;/strong&gt; folder after you extract the theme package and the path should be &lt;code&gt;/Demo/widget_data.jason&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Settings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can differently customize theme according to your need using Easy Customization feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Universidad&lt;/strong&gt; at left-bottom corner of the module screen to open up &lt;em&gt;Theme Setting&lt;/em&gt; panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;General Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/general.png&quot; alt=&quot;General Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Theme Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the primary theme color from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Blog Style&lt;/strong&gt; : You can either select &lt;em&gt;List&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Grid&lt;/em&gt; style for the blog with this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable &lt;em&gt;Preloader&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Preloader Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a color for the preloader background. This option can only be found when the &lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader&lt;/strong&gt; option is &lt;em&gt;enabled&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Preloader Gif Image&lt;/strong&gt; : You can select the preloader gif image with this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Breadcrumb&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you the control over enabling or disabling &lt;em&gt;breadcrumb&lt;/em&gt; for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Themesgrove Credit&lt;/strong&gt; : Keep it enabled if you want to give us credit. You can disable this option either.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/header.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Header Variation&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the section are from the right side preview and its customization settings will appear right below this.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your site logo.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Telephone&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your telephone number here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Email&lt;/strong&gt; : Add your email address here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the header background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sticky Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable &lt;em&gt;Sticky Header&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Header Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a header background image for your course page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Notice Header Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a header background image for your notice page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Teacher Header Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a header background image for your teacher page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search Page Header Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a header background image for search result page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/custom.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Style&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Style&lt;/strong&gt; : By default this option is &lt;em&gt;disabled&lt;/em&gt;. To enable this option, a couple of settings will appear to customize according to your preference.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set header primary color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Top Link Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set header Top Link color including Regular color, Hover color, and Active color as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set Menu color including Regular color, Hover color, and Active color as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set a color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Link Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set Body Link color including Regular color, Hover color and Active color as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set footer primary color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Link Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set Footer Link Color including Regular color, Hover color and Active color as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Those above seven settings can be found only if you enable the &lt;strong&gt;Custom Style&lt;/strong&gt; feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Write custom CSS code here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom JS&lt;/strong&gt; : Write custom JS code here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Typography Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/typography.png&quot; alt=&quot;Typography Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : This option allows you to use thousands of google fonts in different sections in your site. First, enable this to get the customization settings to appear.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Header Font and Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to select a font style and font type for the header section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select BodyFont and Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to select a font style for the body.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Footer Font and Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to select a font style and font type for the footer section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sidebar Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/sidebar.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Sidebar Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the default sidebar position. You can either choose &lt;em&gt;Left&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Right&lt;/em&gt; from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Permalink Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/permalink.png&quot; alt=&quot;Permalink Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Permalink&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this feature allows you to customize &lt;em&gt;permalink&lt;/em&gt; according to your needs.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Type&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Course Post Type&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Notice Board Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Notice Board Post Type&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Teachers Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Teachers Post Type&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Testimonial Post Type&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Taxonomy&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Category Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Course Category Taxonomy&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Notice Board Category Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Notice Board Category Taxonomy&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Name Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Course Name Taxonomy&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After you generate your own preferred custom slug, its &lt;strong&gt;IMPORTANT&lt;/strong&gt; to go to &lt;code&gt;Settings&lt;/code&gt; module from the left sidebar and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button in the bottom-left corner.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer Options&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/footer.png&quot; alt=&quot;Footer Options&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Footer Top Area?&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable footer top area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns you need in your site footer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a footer background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your copyright text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Backup Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/backup.png&quot; alt=&quot;Backup Settings&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import and Backup&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to import a backup theme. Just to paste the backed up string on the empty text box and then click this button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import and Download Backup&lt;/strong&gt; : With this button, you can make a backup of your current theme.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose &lt;strong&gt;Home 1&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Home 1&lt;/strong&gt; for Homepage 1, &lt;strong&gt;Home 2&lt;/strong&gt; for Homepage 2 and &lt;strong&gt;Home 3&lt;/strong&gt; fro Homepage 3.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/home1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.(optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Creating Dropdown Menu&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select a main-menu and drag the submenu items right below the main-menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/dropdown1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Menu&lt;/strong&gt; on the right-bottom side of the module and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/dropdown2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance should be like below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/dropdown3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Elements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can simply add an element on a page. All you need to do, just drag the element you want to add and drop it in a page then customize its setting as your preferrences. You will have plenty of default elements to add or you can add our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;Universidad&lt;/em&gt; theme from the &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; tab on the elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/elements.png&quot; alt=&quot;Elements&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor is the one of the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;a title=&quot;Getting Started with Elementor&quot; href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3B5HL11uhVE&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 1&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=joWTUN77hnA&quot;&gt;Learn How to Build Your Page Layout on Elementor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 2&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HkD_Lx-DGn4&quot;&gt;Style Options for Sections and Columns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 3&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gkTfyjG38g&quot;&gt;Padding, Margin, Responsive and Other Settings in the Advanced Tab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/&quot;&gt;https://docs.elementor.com/&lt;/a&gt; you can find see the complete documentation of elementor page builder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;Universidad&lt;/em&gt; theme can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Universidad&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Universidad Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-slider.png&quot; alt=&quot;Universidad Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-slider1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Universidad Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the title text for the slider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a title animation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Slider Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload images for slider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the description text for slider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose description text animation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Input the button link.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation for the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-slider2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Universidad Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Content Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the amount of spacing between description text and title text of the slider.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the slider description text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose font, style, size for the slider content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Item Overlay BG Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a BG color for the slider content to apply as overlay.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Define your custom style for the button used in slider.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Control Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Define your custom control options for slider background.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-slider3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Universidad Slider&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Teacher List&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-tlist.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher List&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Teacher List&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Teacher List&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-tlist1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher List&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many image you want to show at a time.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show those images.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-tlist2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher List&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a theme style for the Teacher List to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-tlist3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher List&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Teacher List Two&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-tlist-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher List Two&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Teacher List Two&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Teacher List Two&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-tlist-21.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher List Two&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many image you want to show at a time.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show those images.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stye&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-tlist-22.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher List Two&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a theme style for the Teacher List to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-tlist-23.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher List Two&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Notice&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-notice.png&quot; alt=&quot;Notice&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Notice&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Notice&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-notice1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Notice&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Order by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Order in Ascending order or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of item to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns in which you want to show the contents.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-notice2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Notice&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Course&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Course&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Course&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Order by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Order in Ascending order or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of item to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns in which you want to show the contents.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Apply Button&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Active&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the button active or not.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an overlay color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt; Use your custom settings (Typography, Background Color, Border Type, Border Radius, Box Shadow, Text Padding) for the buttons.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Course Two&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Two&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Course Two&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Course Two&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course-21.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Two&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Order by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Order in Ascending order or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of item to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns in which you want to show the contents.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Apply Button&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Active&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the button active or not.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course-22.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Two&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an overlay color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt; Use your custom settings (Typography, Background Color, Border Type, Border Radius, Box Shadow, Text Padding) for the buttons.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course-23.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Two&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Course Three&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course-3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Three&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Course Three&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Course Three&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course-31.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Three&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Order by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Order in Ascending order or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of item to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns in which you want to show the contents.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Apply Button&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Active&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the button active or not.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course-32.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Three&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an overlay color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt; Use your custom settings (Typography, Background Color, Border Type, Border Radius, Box Shadow, Text Padding) for the buttons.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-course-33.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Three&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Course Info&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-cInfo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Info&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Course Info&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Course Info&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-cInfo1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Info&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the Course Title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Start Date&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the course starting date.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course End Date&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the course ending date.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Estimated Duration&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the course duration in months.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Maximum Students&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the maximum student's capacity.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Time&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the time ( from - to)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Levels&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the levels ( beginner, pro, advance, etc.)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the course cost.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-cInfo2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Info&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Course Teacher&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-cTeacher.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Teacher&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Course Teacher&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Course Teacher&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-cTeacher1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Teacher&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the Course information here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lecturers Name&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the course lecturer name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;About Lecturer&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the bio-information of the lecturer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Facebook Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Facebook profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Twitter Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Twitter profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Instagram Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Instagram profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;LinkedIn Link&lt;/strong&gt; : LinkedIn profile URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-cTeacher2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course Teacher&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Publication&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-publication.png&quot; alt=&quot;Publication&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Publication&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Publication&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-publication1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Publication&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Order by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Order in Ascending order or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of item to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns in which you want to show the contents.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-publication2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Publication&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Events&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-events.png&quot; alt=&quot;Events&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Events&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Events&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-events1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Events&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Order by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Order in Ascending order or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of item to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns in which you want to show the contents.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-events2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Events&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Events Two&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-events-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Events&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Events Two&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Events Two&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;Universidad Elements&lt;/strong&gt; section and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-events-21.png&quot; alt=&quot;Events Two&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Order by Date, Time or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Order in Ascending order or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of item to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns in which you want to show the contents.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/universidad/uni-events-22.png&quot; alt=&quot;Events Two&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<category term="WordPress Themes" />
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<title>Orvil</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/orvil"/>
		<published>2017-04-26T16:12:52+06:00</published>
		<updated>2017-04-26T16:12:52+06:00</updated>
		<id>https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/orvil</id>
		<author>
			<name>Parvez Akther</name>
			<email>parvez@themexpert.com</email>
		</author>
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Orvil is an 100% responsive, OnePager WordPress theme, comes with four interactive and modern Homepage variations. It is capable of meeting your all requirements for a Business Agency websites as well as personal Portfolio websites either. It's easy customizability let you build your site faster and for its pre-build existing pages, you need not to build it from the sketch.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/orvil/orvil-home.png&quot; alt=&quot;Orvil&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Revolution Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Homepage Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Google Map Integration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Neat and Clean Design&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Well Documentation&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;One Page Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;600+ Google fonts&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Decorated Blog&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading Capability&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Stylish Portfolio&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO friendly&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Content Tab&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Mailchimp Integration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Amazing Customer Counting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run Orvil smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to Orvil &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/wordpress-themes/orvil&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; page on our website&lt;strong&gt;www.themexpert.com&lt;/strong&gt; then download the &lt;strong&gt;tx_orvil.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install Orvil theme on your server. Its quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply Orvil theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;tx_orvil.zip&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the &lt;em&gt;tx_orvil.zip&lt;/em&gt; file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Activate Required Plugin&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There is only one plugin required for Orvil theme to work properly. That is-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;OnePager: One Page Builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select OnePager&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here: &lt;a title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatic plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;No required to import demo data as you'll find it previously imported by default. You just need to install the theme package correctly, and you are done with importing demo data as well.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Homepage Setup&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In a &lt;strong&gt;OnePager&lt;/strong&gt; theme, it is absolutely easy to setup homepage. All you need to do is given below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Create two new pages. Give a page name (ex. Home, Blog) on the empty text box and don't forget to select &lt;strong&gt;OnePager&lt;/strong&gt; from the template drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose &lt;strong&gt;Home&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go back to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt; and click on the &lt;strong&gt;Home&lt;/strong&gt; page to open its edit mode.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select one of the templates from the &lt;strong&gt;Preset Templates&lt;/strong&gt; area and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Homepage Variation&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As we told earlier, there are multiple color variations in this theme's homepage, don't think its a tedious procedure to change your homepage primary color layout according to those existing presets. There are seven color variations in orvil theme and Its just a click to change a homepage color style and apply another one. To do so-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt; and click on your Homepage to appear its customization mode.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, from the &lt;strong&gt;Preset Templates&lt;/strong&gt; area, select your favorite.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/orvil/home1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Orvil&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the setting and you are done absolutely.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/orvil/home2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Orvil&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating Menu&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;First, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on create a new menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Give a menu name and click on &lt;strong&gt;Create Menu&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/orvil/menu2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Orvil&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Don't forget to select this menu as a Primary menu as pointed on the screenshot below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/orvil/menu7.png&quot; alt=&quot;Orvil&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, visit your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Enable One Page Editor&lt;/strong&gt; at the top of the screen.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the top-left second &lt;strong&gt;Menu&lt;/strong&gt; option and select your just created menu on the &lt;strong&gt;Menu Position&lt;/strong&gt; drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, all the pages will appear one below one. You just need to click &lt;strong&gt;Add To Menu&lt;/strong&gt; and that page will be added to your primary menu, and you can see the output instantly. Add your preferred pages to make your custom menu and finally click on the close button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Modify a Section&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Enable Onepage Editor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the section that you want to make a change (ex. About).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; icon to open the customization module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/orvil/modify1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Orvil&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can change on the fly. Just make any change and observe changes instantly.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From &lt;strong&gt;Settings&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Styles&lt;/strong&gt; tab, you can change an additional bunch of options according to your need. Finally, click on the tick button from the top of the module to save the settings like this and close it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/orvil/modify3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Orvil&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about &lt;strong&gt;OnePager Customization&lt;/strong&gt;, watch the video below.&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Orvil is an 100% responsive, OnePager WordPress theme, comes with four interactive and modern Homepage variations. It is capable of meeting your all requirements for a Business Agency websites as well as personal Portfolio websites either. It's easy customizability let you build your site faster and for its pre-build existing pages, you need not to build it from the sketch.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/orvil/orvil-home.png&quot; alt=&quot;Orvil&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Revolution Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Homepage Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Google Map Integration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Neat and Clean Design&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Well Documentation&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;One Page Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;600+ Google fonts&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Decorated Blog&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading Capability&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Stylish Portfolio&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO friendly&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Content Tab&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Mailchimp Integration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Amazing Customer Counting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run Orvil smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to Orvil &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/wordpress-themes/orvil&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; page on our website&lt;strong&gt;www.themexpert.com&lt;/strong&gt; then download the &lt;strong&gt;tx_orvil.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install Orvil theme on your server. Its quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply Orvil theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;tx_orvil.zip&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the &lt;em&gt;tx_orvil.zip&lt;/em&gt; file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Activate Required Plugin&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There is only one plugin required for Orvil theme to work properly. That is-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;OnePager: One Page Builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select OnePager&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here: &lt;a title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatic plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot; href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;No required to import demo data as you'll find it previously imported by default. You just need to install the theme package correctly, and you are done with importing demo data as well.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Homepage Setup&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In a &lt;strong&gt;OnePager&lt;/strong&gt; theme, it is absolutely easy to setup homepage. All you need to do is given below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Create two new pages. Give a page name (ex. Home, Blog) on the empty text box and don't forget to select &lt;strong&gt;OnePager&lt;/strong&gt; from the template drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose &lt;strong&gt;Home&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go back to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt; and click on the &lt;strong&gt;Home&lt;/strong&gt; page to open its edit mode.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select one of the templates from the &lt;strong&gt;Preset Templates&lt;/strong&gt; area and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Homepage Variation&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As we told earlier, there are multiple color variations in this theme's homepage, don't think its a tedious procedure to change your homepage primary color layout according to those existing presets. There are seven color variations in orvil theme and Its just a click to change a homepage color style and apply another one. To do so-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt; and click on your Homepage to appear its customization mode.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, from the &lt;strong&gt;Preset Templates&lt;/strong&gt; area, select your favorite.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/orvil/home1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Orvil&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the setting and you are done absolutely.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/orvil/home2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Orvil&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating Menu&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;First, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on create a new menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Give a menu name and click on &lt;strong&gt;Create Menu&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/orvil/menu2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Orvil&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Don't forget to select this menu as a Primary menu as pointed on the screenshot below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/orvil/menu7.png&quot; alt=&quot;Orvil&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, visit your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Enable One Page Editor&lt;/strong&gt; at the top of the screen.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the top-left second &lt;strong&gt;Menu&lt;/strong&gt; option and select your just created menu on the &lt;strong&gt;Menu Position&lt;/strong&gt; drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, all the pages will appear one below one. You just need to click &lt;strong&gt;Add To Menu&lt;/strong&gt; and that page will be added to your primary menu, and you can see the output instantly. Add your preferred pages to make your custom menu and finally click on the close button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Modify a Section&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Enable Onepage Editor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the section that you want to make a change (ex. About).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; icon to open the customization module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/orvil/modify1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Orvil&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can change on the fly. Just make any change and observe changes instantly.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From &lt;strong&gt;Settings&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Styles&lt;/strong&gt; tab, you can change an additional bunch of options according to your need. Finally, click on the tick button from the top of the module to save the settings like this and close it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/orvil/modify3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Orvil&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about &lt;strong&gt;OnePager Customization&lt;/strong&gt;, watch the video below.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<category term="WordPress Themes" />
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<title>Conf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/conf"/>
		<published>2017-04-24T11:55:29+06:00</published>
		<updated>2017-04-24T11:55:29+06:00</updated>
		<id>https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/conf</id>
		<author>
			<name>Parvez Akther</name>
			<email>parvez@themexpert.com</email>
		</author>
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Conf is one of the most advanced yet WordPress theme with interactive layout that would be the best fit for event management as well as conference websites. Conf comes with a huge customization features that will definitely meet your all criteria for your event management website.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/conf.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme you must have a working version of WordPress already installed. If you need help installing WordPress, follow the instructions here: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot;&gt;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Requirements&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To use &lt;strong&gt;conf&lt;/strong&gt;, you must be running WordPress 3.9 or higher. We have tested it with Mac, Windows and Linux.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Downloading Conf&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Download the &lt;strong&gt;ConfPackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file from themeforest.net and unzip it. In this zip file you have everything you need:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Theme&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In this folder you will find main theme &lt;strong&gt;conf.zip&lt;/strong&gt; and child theme &lt;strong&gt;conf-child.zip&lt;/strong&gt; The main theme zip file you need to upload to your WordPress in order to install &lt;strong&gt;Conf&lt;/strong&gt; (see below). NOTE: Do not unzip this file. Do not upload the entire &lt;strong&gt;ConfPackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file you get from ThemeForest, upload ONLY &lt;strong&gt;conf.zip&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Demo&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;All demo files we have used on our demo website. &lt;strong&gt;conf-content-demo.xml&lt;/strong&gt; Demo content XML file, which you can use for manual content import in WordPress. &lt;strong&gt;widget_data.json&lt;/strong&gt; Default widgets used default page sidebars on our demo website. &lt;strong&gt;conf-option-demo.json&lt;/strong&gt; Default Option Panel Settings we used in our demo, which you can import from &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard → Conf Options → Import/Export&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Help&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Offline documentation for &lt;strong&gt;Conf&lt;/strong&gt; theme.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Conf in WordPress Admin&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;strong&gt;Appearance → Themes&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong&gt;Add New Theme&lt;/strong&gt; and hit upload link&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find the the file &lt;strong&gt;conf.zip&lt;/strong&gt; on your hdd and hit install now button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After the theme is installed click on &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Plugins&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to get &lt;strong&gt;Conf&lt;/strong&gt; properly work you need to install some useful plugins. All this plugins are included in Conf, you don’t need to purchase them extra!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After the theme is installed successfully you will get following message about installation of required and recommended plugins:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Begin installing plugins&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Check all plugins, select &lt;strong&gt;Install&lt;/strong&gt; and click on &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Required Plugins&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to use Conf in its full, please note, that following plugins SHOULD BE installed during the theme installation (see installation instructions above):&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Redux Framework:&lt;/strong&gt; The option framework we used to create options panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CMB2:&lt;/strong&gt; The metabox framework we used to create metaboxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conf Core:&lt;/strong&gt; Native essential set of all Conf’s features, functions, shortcodes &amp;amp; custom post types.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Visual Composer:&lt;/strong&gt; Leading visual drag’n’drop page builder for WordPress.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recommended Plugins&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;One Click Demo Import:&lt;/strong&gt; Import demo data with one click.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;We also provided support for &lt;strong&gt;Contact Form 7&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Alternative: Upload Event via FTP&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In case you wish install the theme via FTP, proceed as follows:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Unzip &lt;strong&gt;conf.zip&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Login to your hosting space via an FTP Client&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Upload the whole contents of the unzipped &lt;strong&gt;conf.zip&lt;/strong&gt; into wp-content/themes/ folder under your WordPress installation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Once you’ve uploaded the theme you can open &lt;strong&gt;Appearance → Themes&lt;/strong&gt; page and activate the theme from list. After that you need to install and activate the plugins as described above.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Child Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you plan to modify the source code of the main parent theme (php, js, style.css) we strongly recommend to install this child theme and make such modifications inside this child theme in order to avoid any possible problems &amp;amp; issues by installing updates of Conf’s main parent theme in future. You can find this child theme in &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder – please look for &lt;strong&gt;conf-child.zip&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The installation of the child theme works in the same way as the installation of the main parent theme (see description above).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;DON’T TRY TO INSTALL CHILD THEME IF THE MAIN THEME IS NOT INSTALLED – THIS WILL GIVE NO RESULT&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Importing Demo Content&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We added &lt;strong&gt;One Click Demo Import&lt;/strong&gt; in Event. So that you don’t face any hassle while import demo data. Please follow these instructions.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;strong&gt;Appearance → Import Demo Data&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Then hit &lt;strong&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/demo.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It will import demo content, widgets and option panel settings. You may need to set Menu from &lt;strong&gt;Appearance → Menu&lt;/strong&gt; and Homepage from &lt;strong&gt;Settings → Reading&lt;/strong&gt;. Now you are good to go.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Options&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Conf has an advanced admin panel for Theme Options, which gives you plenty of options and settings to customize your website. Go to &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Conf Options&lt;/strong&gt; and you will get Conf admin panel. All settings are organized in logical sections and have brief descriptions of what they do. A lot of these settings are self explanatory.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/theme.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Things to Remember&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Always click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; in order to make your settings take effect.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;By clicking on &lt;strong&gt;Reset Section&lt;/strong&gt; you can reset current section you are customizing and with &lt;strong&gt;Reset All&lt;/strong&gt; you can reset all your settings to the defaults.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can always make a backup and/or restore your settings by using &lt;strong&gt;Import/Export&lt;/strong&gt; option in admin panel. So you can freely experiment with all of Conf’s options without having fear to loose some of them.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Please Note: in order to ensure the correct working of theme options (saving your style changes) all caching plugins you may be using on your website should be better deactivated. After you are done with your changes you can activate this caching plugins again.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;General&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/general.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color Variation:&lt;/strong&gt; We added three predefined theme color variation. Select your preferred color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Blog Sidebar:&lt;/strong&gt; Set blog sidebar position. Available Options: Left, Right.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader?:&lt;/strong&gt; Enable or disable default site preloaded. Custom preloader adding option is coming soon.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Google Map API Key:&lt;/strong&gt; Set google map API key for “Styled Map” VC add-on. Go to &lt;a href=&quot;https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/javascript/&quot;&gt;this link&lt;/a&gt; and click “GET A KEY” button to generate an API key for map.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Map Location Pointer:&lt;/strong&gt; Upload your custom Map Location Pointer image. The image should be transparent.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/header.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo:&lt;/strong&gt; Upload your site logo here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Layout:&lt;/strong&gt; Choose site header layout. Five options available: Logo Left, Logo Right, Logo Left with CTA Button, Logo Center, Logo Left with Offcanvas.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Icons:&lt;/strong&gt; If you select “Logo Left with CTA Button” in header layout you will find this option to choose social icons in header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CTA Type:&lt;/strong&gt; If you select “Logo Left with CTA Button” in header layout you will find this option to choose CTA button type. Two options available: Custom Link, Event Brite.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CTA Button Text:&lt;/strong&gt; If you select “Logo Left with CTA Button” in header layout you will find this option to write button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CTA Button Link:&lt;/strong&gt; If you select “Custom Link” in CTA type you will find this option to set the link for button action.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Sticky Menu?:&lt;/strong&gt; Enable or disable sticky menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Position:&lt;/strong&gt; Set header position either Absolute or Relative for homepage. If you select Absolute, header will overlap with content like banner in homepage. If you select Relative, header will take it’s own space. You can also set background for header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Event&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/event.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Event Type:&lt;/strong&gt; Select your event type, Single Day or Multiple Days.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Event Date:&lt;/strong&gt; If you select “Single Day” in event type you will find this option to set the event date with a date picker.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Start Date:&lt;/strong&gt; If you select “Multiple Days” in event type you will find this option to set starting date of your event with a date picker.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;End Date:&lt;/strong&gt; If you select “Multiple Days” in event type you will find this option to set ending date of your event with a date picker.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Venue:&lt;/strong&gt; Write your event venue address to show in Countdown Add-on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Start Time:&lt;/strong&gt; Set starting time of your event in 24 hours format(Between 0-23).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;End Time:&lt;/strong&gt; Set ending time of your event in 24 hours format(Between 0-23).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Social&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You will find text boxes to write all available social links. Just write link of social media in their particular field you want to display. If you don’t write link in any field that icon won’t display in the site.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/social.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We provided extensive customization options in this tab.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/customStyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Color:&lt;/strong&gt; If you don’t like default menu color, you can change Menu Color from here including Regular, Hover and Active state.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Social Color:&lt;/strong&gt; Change default Social icon color of header including Regular, Hover and Active state.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Social Color:&lt;/strong&gt; Change default Social icon color of footer including Regular, Hover and Active state.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Active Color:&lt;/strong&gt; Change color of active menu item if you don’t like the default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Border Color:&lt;/strong&gt; Change menu bottom border color which you can see on active and hover.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Background:&lt;/strong&gt; Set custom background in header. You can set color or image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Main Background:&lt;/strong&gt; Set custom background in footer main area. You can set color or image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Bottom Background:&lt;/strong&gt; Set custom background in footer bottom area. You can set color or image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS Code:&lt;/strong&gt; Write your custom CSS code here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom JS Code:&lt;/strong&gt; Write your custom JavaScript code here. If you want to use jQuery, please write “jQuery” instead of “$” sign.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Typography&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We provided extensive typography customization options in this tab.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/typography.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Typography:&lt;/strong&gt; Set your own typography for header (h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6). You can use any Font Family from google fonts. You can also set Font Weight and Font Color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Typography:&lt;/strong&gt; Set your own typography for site (css rule will apply to ‘body’). You can use any Font Family from google fonts. You can also set Font Weight, Font Color, Font Size and Line Height.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav Menu Typography:&lt;/strong&gt; Set your own typography for menu. You can use any Font Family from google fonts. You can also set Font Weight and Font Size.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Countdown Typography:&lt;/strong&gt; Set your own typography for event countdown. You can use any Font Family from google fonts. You can also set Font Weight and Font Color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Typography:&lt;/strong&gt; Set your own typography for button. You can use any Font Family from google fonts. You can also set Font Weight and Font Color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Permalink&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can change default permalink structure of “Schedule” and “Speaker” custom post type.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/parmalink.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Permalink?:&lt;/strong&gt; Turn it on if you want to change custom post type permalink. If you don’t, we recommend not to turn it on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Schedule Slug:&lt;/strong&gt; If you turned on “Enable Permalink?” then you will find this. You can change “Schedule” post type slug from here. Just write your desired slug. Keep it unique so that it does not conflict with any page or post slug.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Speaker Slug:&lt;/strong&gt; If you turned on “Enable Permalink?” then you will find this. You can change “Speaker” post type slug from here. Just write your desired slug. Keep it unique so that it does not conflict with any page or post slug.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/footer.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Social Icon?:&lt;/strong&gt; Turn it on if you want to display social icons in footer main area. You can set social icon link in “Social” tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Subscribe Form?:&lt;/strong&gt; Turn it on if you want to display MailChimp subscribe form in footer main area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Subscribe Action Link:&lt;/strong&gt; If you turned on “Show Subscribe Form?” then you can see this. You can set MailChimp subscribe form action link.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show ThemeXpert Credit?:&lt;/strong&gt; Turn it on if you want to display our credit in Footer Bottom area. Otherwise turn it off.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text:&lt;/strong&gt; Write copyright text of your site. It will show in footer bottom area. You can use custom html tag.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import / Export&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can always make a backup and/or restore your settings here. So you can freely experiment with all of Conf’s options without having fear to loose some of them.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/import.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Page&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you create a page you will see some options for that specific page like header background, page title etc.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/page.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Page Title:&lt;/strong&gt; Suppose you don’t want to display page title for a specific page. Just select “No” from here when you create a page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Title:&lt;/strong&gt; If you want to display a custom page title rather than default page title. Just write your custom page title here. It will override default page title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Background Image:&lt;/strong&gt; You can set header background image from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Speakers&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Create speaker from &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Speakers&lt;/strong&gt;. All fields are self explanatory.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-speaker-1.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-speaker-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Schedules&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Creating Schedule might be tricky. But don’t worry. We will guide you. You have to create a schedule for each day for your event. Suppose your event is 3 days long. So you will create 3 schedules. In schedule, you will create your sessions for that day with repeatable fields.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-schedule-1.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-schedule-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Session Name:&lt;/strong&gt; Write session name from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Description:&lt;/strong&gt; Write some description for this session like what is this session about.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Date:&lt;/strong&gt; This is optional field. Set the date of that day.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Starting Time:&lt;/strong&gt; Set starting time of this session.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ending Time:&lt;/strong&gt; Set ending time of this session.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Venue:&lt;/strong&gt; You might have multiple session at same time. So write venue of this session here like Hall A, Hall B etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Featured?:&lt;/strong&gt; Check this field if this session is keynote or featured.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Speakers:&lt;/strong&gt; Just click the “+” sign of speaker you want to set for this session. You can create speaker from &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Speakers&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Another Entry:&lt;/strong&gt; Click this button to add another session entry.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Elements / Shortcodes&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Visual Composer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Visual Composer is the best drag’n’drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in WordPress. If you are not familiar with Visual Composer, we would recommend to take a look at following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1UwqVB9VTrU&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Visual Composer - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cloning Elements&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dn5TqabaBMk&quot;&gt;How to Clone Elements with Visual Composer for WordPress - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rows &amp;amp; Columns&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dtAAx_r9oLM&quot;&gt;How to Add Row and Column with Visual Composer for WordPress - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Create &amp;amp; Re-use Templates&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=waZqhu8tlo4&quot;&gt;How to Use Templates in Visual Composer - YouTube&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DGR7ywFIYS0&quot;&gt;How to save separate row or section as a template - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Please note, all Conf’s elements you will find in tab &lt;strong&gt;Conf&lt;/strong&gt; in Visual Composer:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/elements.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Event Info&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Display some key information about event including countdown and title sponsor. We added two styles for displaying event information. Before that please set date and venue related information from &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Conf’s Options -&amp;gt; Event&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/eventInfo.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-event-info-1.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-event-info-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ID:&lt;/strong&gt; Unique ID for countdown. It is required and automatically generated when you insert it. But if you clone this element from another then change the ID. Countdown will automatically display from the date you set in &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Conf Options -&amp;gt; Event&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color:&lt;/strong&gt; If you do not like default countdown text color you can set a color for countdown text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Info 1 Icon:&lt;/strong&gt; You can display two main info about event. You can see our demo, we showed “Seats” and “Speaker” as key info. This option is for setting icon for Info 1. You can use Font Awesome or Ionicons. But we recommend to use Ionicons. Just go to their site ( &lt;a href=&quot;https://ionicons.com/&quot;&gt;Ionicons&lt;/a&gt; ). Click on your desired icon and copy the icon class name. Then paste that class name here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Info 1 Title:&lt;/strong&gt; Write title for info 1.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Info 1 Desc:&lt;/strong&gt; Write a short description of Info 1.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Info 2 Icon:&lt;/strong&gt; Same as Info 1 Icon.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Info 2 Title:&lt;/strong&gt; Same as Info 1 Title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Info 2 Desc:&lt;/strong&gt; Same as Info 1 Desc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Date?:&lt;/strong&gt; Show or Hide event date under countdown.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Sponsor:&lt;/strong&gt; Upload title sponsor’s logo from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sponsor Link:&lt;/strong&gt; Set the title sponsor’s website link where someone will go when he/she click on sponsor’s logo.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Extra class name:&lt;/strong&gt; You can write extra CSS class name here. You will need it if you want to customize event info with your own css.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/eventInfo2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Event Info Simplified&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It is almost same as “Event Info” with simple and different style.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/eventInfoSimplified.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/eventInfo2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Speaker&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can display speaker with this element. Before that you have to add speaker in &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Speakers -&amp;gt; Add New&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/speaker.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-speaker-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order:&lt;/strong&gt; Set order for displaying speaker.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By:&lt;/strong&gt; Set order by parameter.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Total Number:&lt;/strong&gt; Set total number to display.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/speaker2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Keynote Speaker&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Same as &lt;strong&gt;Speaker&lt;/strong&gt; above. But display only keynote speakers you selected while creating speaker.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/keynodeSpeaker.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Masonary Gallery&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can create a masonary gallery easily with this element.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/masonaryGallery.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-masonary-gallery-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ID:&lt;/strong&gt; Unique ID for gallery. It is required and automatically generated when you insert it. But if you clone this element from another then change the ID.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Gallery Images:&lt;/strong&gt; Upload images for gallery.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-masonary-gallery-3.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Conf Button&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Display button in two different styles.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/confButton.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-button-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text:&lt;/strong&gt; Write button text/label here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link:&lt;/strong&gt; Insert link for button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Style:&lt;/strong&gt; Select button style. Available two options: Primary and Bordered Style.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alignment:&lt;/strong&gt; Set alignment of button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Extra class name:&lt;/strong&gt; You can write extra CSS class name here. You will need it if you want to customize button with your own css.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/confButton2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Social Share&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can enable or disable to appear social share icon on the front-end with this element.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/socialShare.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/socialShare2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/socialShare3.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Conf Tab&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Display eventia's tab with icon in tab title.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/confTable.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-tab-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ID:&lt;/strong&gt; Unique ID for tab. It is required and automatically generated when you insert it. But if you clone this element from another then change the ID.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon:&lt;/strong&gt; Select icon from icon picker for tab title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title:&lt;/strong&gt; Write tab title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content:&lt;/strong&gt; Write tab content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Icon, Title and Content are repeatable field. You can click “+” sign and insert more item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/confTab2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Conf Pricing&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Create pricing table easily with this element.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/confPricing.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-pricing-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title:&lt;/strong&gt; Write title of pricing table.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Currency Type:&lt;/strong&gt; Write currency type. Like $, € etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price:&lt;/strong&gt; Write price.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price Button:&lt;/strong&gt; Write button text/label.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price Link:&lt;/strong&gt; Insert button link.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select featured Option:&lt;/strong&gt; Set this pricing table featured or not.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text:&lt;/strong&gt; This field is repeatable. You can write as many text you want for pricing table.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-pricing-3.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Conf Map&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can display a stylish map with this element. You will need map API key for using this map. Insert your API key here &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Eventia Options -&amp;gt; General -&amp;gt; Google Map API Key&lt;/strong&gt;. Get the API key from &lt;a href=&quot;https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/javascript/get-api-key&quot;&gt;Google Maps JavaScript API&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/confMap.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-map-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-map-3.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title:&lt;/strong&gt; Write a title for Address box of map.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Description:&lt;/strong&gt; Write some description here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Place Name:&lt;/strong&gt; Write your place name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Address:&lt;/strong&gt; Write the address here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Direction Link:&lt;/strong&gt; Insert the get direction link. It’s kind of tricky. Go to google map, search your place. Then click on Get Direction button. And copy the url from address bar. Paste it here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lat:&lt;/strong&gt; Write latitude of the address to show in map.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lng:&lt;/strong&gt; Write longitude of the address to show in map.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Zoom:&lt;/strong&gt; Set zoom value of google map. Write 1 - 20 but 14 is ideal.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Address Box:&lt;/strong&gt; Show or hide address box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Map Height:&lt;/strong&gt; Set map height. Default is 400px.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-map-4.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Event Brite&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Embed Event Brite event in your site with this element. Just insert event ID. You are done. How do you get event ID? Let’s say, this is your event url: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.eventbrite.com/e/eventia-wordpress-theme-tickets-31478791914&quot;&gt;https://www.eventbrite.com/e/eventia-wordpress-theme-tickets-31478791914&lt;/a&gt; =&amp;gt; ID is 31478791914. Just paste this ID in “Insert ID of event at eventbrite.com” field.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/eventBrite.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-event-brite-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-event-brite-3.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Partner Block&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Insert partner/sponsor with logo and some description.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/partnerBlock.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-partner-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo:&lt;/strong&gt; Upload partner’s logo.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Name:&lt;/strong&gt; Write partner’s name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content:&lt;/strong&gt; Write some short description about partner.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Extra class name:&lt;/strong&gt; You can write extra CSS class name here. You will need it if you want to customize this with your own css.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/partnerBlock2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Schedule&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Insert schedule in any page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/schedule.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-schedule-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order:&lt;/strong&gt; Set order for displaying schedule.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By:&lt;/strong&gt; Set order by parameter.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Total Number:&lt;/strong&gt; Set total number to display.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/schedule2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recent Posts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Display recent post with thumbnail in vertical style.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/recentPost.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-recent-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order:&lt;/strong&gt; Set order for displaying schedule.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By:&lt;/strong&gt; Set order by parameter.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Total Number:&lt;/strong&gt; Set total number to display.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/recentPost2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Blog Posts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Display recent post with thumbnail in horizontal style.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/blogpost.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-blog-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order:&lt;/strong&gt; Set order for displaying schedule.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By:&lt;/strong&gt; Set order by parameter.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Total Number:&lt;/strong&gt; Set total number to display.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance: &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/blogpost2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Conf is one of the most advanced yet WordPress theme with interactive layout that would be the best fit for event management as well as conference websites. Conf comes with a huge customization features that will definitely meet your all criteria for your event management website.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/conf.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme you must have a working version of WordPress already installed. If you need help installing WordPress, follow the instructions here: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot;&gt;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Requirements&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To use &lt;strong&gt;conf&lt;/strong&gt;, you must be running WordPress 3.9 or higher. We have tested it with Mac, Windows and Linux.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Downloading Conf&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Download the &lt;strong&gt;ConfPackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file from themeforest.net and unzip it. In this zip file you have everything you need:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Theme&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In this folder you will find main theme &lt;strong&gt;conf.zip&lt;/strong&gt; and child theme &lt;strong&gt;conf-child.zip&lt;/strong&gt; The main theme zip file you need to upload to your WordPress in order to install &lt;strong&gt;Conf&lt;/strong&gt; (see below). NOTE: Do not unzip this file. Do not upload the entire &lt;strong&gt;ConfPackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file you get from ThemeForest, upload ONLY &lt;strong&gt;conf.zip&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Demo&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;All demo files we have used on our demo website. &lt;strong&gt;conf-content-demo.xml&lt;/strong&gt; Demo content XML file, which you can use for manual content import in WordPress. &lt;strong&gt;widget_data.json&lt;/strong&gt; Default widgets used default page sidebars on our demo website. &lt;strong&gt;conf-option-demo.json&lt;/strong&gt; Default Option Panel Settings we used in our demo, which you can import from &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard → Conf Options → Import/Export&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Help&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Offline documentation for &lt;strong&gt;Conf&lt;/strong&gt; theme.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Conf in WordPress Admin&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;strong&gt;Appearance → Themes&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong&gt;Add New Theme&lt;/strong&gt; and hit upload link&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find the the file &lt;strong&gt;conf.zip&lt;/strong&gt; on your hdd and hit install now button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After the theme is installed click on &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Plugins&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to get &lt;strong&gt;Conf&lt;/strong&gt; properly work you need to install some useful plugins. All this plugins are included in Conf, you don’t need to purchase them extra!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After the theme is installed successfully you will get following message about installation of required and recommended plugins:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Begin installing plugins&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Check all plugins, select &lt;strong&gt;Install&lt;/strong&gt; and click on &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Required Plugins&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to use Conf in its full, please note, that following plugins SHOULD BE installed during the theme installation (see installation instructions above):&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Redux Framework:&lt;/strong&gt; The option framework we used to create options panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CMB2:&lt;/strong&gt; The metabox framework we used to create metaboxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conf Core:&lt;/strong&gt; Native essential set of all Conf’s features, functions, shortcodes &amp;amp; custom post types.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Visual Composer:&lt;/strong&gt; Leading visual drag’n’drop page builder for WordPress.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recommended Plugins&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;One Click Demo Import:&lt;/strong&gt; Import demo data with one click.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;We also provided support for &lt;strong&gt;Contact Form 7&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Alternative: Upload Event via FTP&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In case you wish install the theme via FTP, proceed as follows:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Unzip &lt;strong&gt;conf.zip&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Login to your hosting space via an FTP Client&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Upload the whole contents of the unzipped &lt;strong&gt;conf.zip&lt;/strong&gt; into wp-content/themes/ folder under your WordPress installation.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Once you’ve uploaded the theme you can open &lt;strong&gt;Appearance → Themes&lt;/strong&gt; page and activate the theme from list. After that you need to install and activate the plugins as described above.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Child Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you plan to modify the source code of the main parent theme (php, js, style.css) we strongly recommend to install this child theme and make such modifications inside this child theme in order to avoid any possible problems &amp;amp; issues by installing updates of Conf’s main parent theme in future. You can find this child theme in &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder – please look for &lt;strong&gt;conf-child.zip&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The installation of the child theme works in the same way as the installation of the main parent theme (see description above).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;DON’T TRY TO INSTALL CHILD THEME IF THE MAIN THEME IS NOT INSTALLED – THIS WILL GIVE NO RESULT&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Importing Demo Content&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We added &lt;strong&gt;One Click Demo Import&lt;/strong&gt; in Event. So that you don’t face any hassle while import demo data. Please follow these instructions.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;strong&gt;Appearance → Import Demo Data&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Then hit &lt;strong&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/demo.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It will import demo content, widgets and option panel settings. You may need to set Menu from &lt;strong&gt;Appearance → Menu&lt;/strong&gt; and Homepage from &lt;strong&gt;Settings → Reading&lt;/strong&gt;. Now you are good to go.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Options&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Conf has an advanced admin panel for Theme Options, which gives you plenty of options and settings to customize your website. Go to &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Conf Options&lt;/strong&gt; and you will get Conf admin panel. All settings are organized in logical sections and have brief descriptions of what they do. A lot of these settings are self explanatory.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/theme.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Things to Remember&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Always click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; in order to make your settings take effect.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;By clicking on &lt;strong&gt;Reset Section&lt;/strong&gt; you can reset current section you are customizing and with &lt;strong&gt;Reset All&lt;/strong&gt; you can reset all your settings to the defaults.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can always make a backup and/or restore your settings by using &lt;strong&gt;Import/Export&lt;/strong&gt; option in admin panel. So you can freely experiment with all of Conf’s options without having fear to loose some of them.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Please Note: in order to ensure the correct working of theme options (saving your style changes) all caching plugins you may be using on your website should be better deactivated. After you are done with your changes you can activate this caching plugins again.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;General&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/general.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color Variation:&lt;/strong&gt; We added three predefined theme color variation. Select your preferred color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Blog Sidebar:&lt;/strong&gt; Set blog sidebar position. Available Options: Left, Right.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader?:&lt;/strong&gt; Enable or disable default site preloaded. Custom preloader adding option is coming soon.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Google Map API Key:&lt;/strong&gt; Set google map API key for “Styled Map” VC add-on. Go to &lt;a href=&quot;https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/javascript/&quot;&gt;this link&lt;/a&gt; and click “GET A KEY” button to generate an API key for map.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Map Location Pointer:&lt;/strong&gt; Upload your custom Map Location Pointer image. The image should be transparent.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/header.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo:&lt;/strong&gt; Upload your site logo here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Layout:&lt;/strong&gt; Choose site header layout. Five options available: Logo Left, Logo Right, Logo Left with CTA Button, Logo Center, Logo Left with Offcanvas.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Icons:&lt;/strong&gt; If you select “Logo Left with CTA Button” in header layout you will find this option to choose social icons in header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CTA Type:&lt;/strong&gt; If you select “Logo Left with CTA Button” in header layout you will find this option to choose CTA button type. Two options available: Custom Link, Event Brite.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CTA Button Text:&lt;/strong&gt; If you select “Logo Left with CTA Button” in header layout you will find this option to write button text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CTA Button Link:&lt;/strong&gt; If you select “Custom Link” in CTA type you will find this option to set the link for button action.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Sticky Menu?:&lt;/strong&gt; Enable or disable sticky menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Position:&lt;/strong&gt; Set header position either Absolute or Relative for homepage. If you select Absolute, header will overlap with content like banner in homepage. If you select Relative, header will take it’s own space. You can also set background for header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Event&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/event.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Event Type:&lt;/strong&gt; Select your event type, Single Day or Multiple Days.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Event Date:&lt;/strong&gt; If you select “Single Day” in event type you will find this option to set the event date with a date picker.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Start Date:&lt;/strong&gt; If you select “Multiple Days” in event type you will find this option to set starting date of your event with a date picker.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;End Date:&lt;/strong&gt; If you select “Multiple Days” in event type you will find this option to set ending date of your event with a date picker.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Venue:&lt;/strong&gt; Write your event venue address to show in Countdown Add-on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Start Time:&lt;/strong&gt; Set starting time of your event in 24 hours format(Between 0-23).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;End Time:&lt;/strong&gt; Set ending time of your event in 24 hours format(Between 0-23).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Social&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You will find text boxes to write all available social links. Just write link of social media in their particular field you want to display. If you don’t write link in any field that icon won’t display in the site.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/social.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We provided extensive customization options in this tab.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/customStyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Color:&lt;/strong&gt; If you don’t like default menu color, you can change Menu Color from here including Regular, Hover and Active state.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Social Color:&lt;/strong&gt; Change default Social icon color of header including Regular, Hover and Active state.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Social Color:&lt;/strong&gt; Change default Social icon color of footer including Regular, Hover and Active state.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Active Color:&lt;/strong&gt; Change color of active menu item if you don’t like the default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Border Color:&lt;/strong&gt; Change menu bottom border color which you can see on active and hover.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Background:&lt;/strong&gt; Set custom background in header. You can set color or image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Main Background:&lt;/strong&gt; Set custom background in footer main area. You can set color or image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Bottom Background:&lt;/strong&gt; Set custom background in footer bottom area. You can set color or image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS Code:&lt;/strong&gt; Write your custom CSS code here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom JS Code:&lt;/strong&gt; Write your custom JavaScript code here. If you want to use jQuery, please write “jQuery” instead of “$” sign.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Typography&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We provided extensive typography customization options in this tab.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/typography.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Typography:&lt;/strong&gt; Set your own typography for header (h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6). You can use any Font Family from google fonts. You can also set Font Weight and Font Color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Typography:&lt;/strong&gt; Set your own typography for site (css rule will apply to ‘body’). You can use any Font Family from google fonts. You can also set Font Weight, Font Color, Font Size and Line Height.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav Menu Typography:&lt;/strong&gt; Set your own typography for menu. You can use any Font Family from google fonts. You can also set Font Weight and Font Size.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Countdown Typography:&lt;/strong&gt; Set your own typography for event countdown. You can use any Font Family from google fonts. You can also set Font Weight and Font Color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Typography:&lt;/strong&gt; Set your own typography for button. You can use any Font Family from google fonts. You can also set Font Weight and Font Color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Permalink&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can change default permalink structure of “Schedule” and “Speaker” custom post type.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/parmalink.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Permalink?:&lt;/strong&gt; Turn it on if you want to change custom post type permalink. If you don’t, we recommend not to turn it on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Schedule Slug:&lt;/strong&gt; If you turned on “Enable Permalink?” then you will find this. You can change “Schedule” post type slug from here. Just write your desired slug. Keep it unique so that it does not conflict with any page or post slug.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Speaker Slug:&lt;/strong&gt; If you turned on “Enable Permalink?” then you will find this. You can change “Speaker” post type slug from here. Just write your desired slug. Keep it unique so that it does not conflict with any page or post slug.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/footer.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Social Icon?:&lt;/strong&gt; Turn it on if you want to display social icons in footer main area. You can set social icon link in “Social” tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Subscribe Form?:&lt;/strong&gt; Turn it on if you want to display MailChimp subscribe form in footer main area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Subscribe Action Link:&lt;/strong&gt; If you turned on “Show Subscribe Form?” then you can see this. You can set MailChimp subscribe form action link.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show ThemeXpert Credit?:&lt;/strong&gt; Turn it on if you want to display our credit in Footer Bottom area. Otherwise turn it off.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text:&lt;/strong&gt; Write copyright text of your site. It will show in footer bottom area. You can use custom html tag.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import / Export&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can always make a backup and/or restore your settings here. So you can freely experiment with all of Conf’s options without having fear to loose some of them.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/import.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Page&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you create a page you will see some options for that specific page like header background, page title etc.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/page.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Page Title:&lt;/strong&gt; Suppose you don’t want to display page title for a specific page. Just select “No” from here when you create a page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Title:&lt;/strong&gt; If you want to display a custom page title rather than default page title. Just write your custom page title here. It will override default page title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Background Image:&lt;/strong&gt; You can set header background image from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Speakers&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Create speaker from &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Speakers&lt;/strong&gt;. All fields are self explanatory.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-speaker-1.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-speaker-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Schedules&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Creating Schedule might be tricky. But don’t worry. We will guide you. You have to create a schedule for each day for your event. Suppose your event is 3 days long. So you will create 3 schedules. In schedule, you will create your sessions for that day with repeatable fields.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-schedule-1.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-schedule-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Session Name:&lt;/strong&gt; Write session name from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Description:&lt;/strong&gt; Write some description for this session like what is this session about.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Date:&lt;/strong&gt; This is optional field. Set the date of that day.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Starting Time:&lt;/strong&gt; Set starting time of this session.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ending Time:&lt;/strong&gt; Set ending time of this session.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Venue:&lt;/strong&gt; You might have multiple session at same time. So write venue of this session here like Hall A, Hall B etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Featured?:&lt;/strong&gt; Check this field if this session is keynote or featured.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Speakers:&lt;/strong&gt; Just click the “+” sign of speaker you want to set for this session. You can create speaker from &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Speakers&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add Another Entry:&lt;/strong&gt; Click this button to add another session entry.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Elements / Shortcodes&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Visual Composer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Visual Composer is the best drag’n’drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in WordPress. If you are not familiar with Visual Composer, we would recommend to take a look at following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1UwqVB9VTrU&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Visual Composer - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cloning Elements&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dn5TqabaBMk&quot;&gt;How to Clone Elements with Visual Composer for WordPress - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rows &amp;amp; Columns&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dtAAx_r9oLM&quot;&gt;How to Add Row and Column with Visual Composer for WordPress - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Create &amp;amp; Re-use Templates&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=waZqhu8tlo4&quot;&gt;How to Use Templates in Visual Composer - YouTube&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DGR7ywFIYS0&quot;&gt;How to save separate row or section as a template - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Please note, all Conf’s elements you will find in tab &lt;strong&gt;Conf&lt;/strong&gt; in Visual Composer:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/elements.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Event Info&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Display some key information about event including countdown and title sponsor. We added two styles for displaying event information. Before that please set date and venue related information from &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Conf’s Options -&amp;gt; Event&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/eventInfo.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-event-info-1.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-event-info-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ID:&lt;/strong&gt; Unique ID for countdown. It is required and automatically generated when you insert it. But if you clone this element from another then change the ID. Countdown will automatically display from the date you set in &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Conf Options -&amp;gt; Event&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color:&lt;/strong&gt; If you do not like default countdown text color you can set a color for countdown text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Info 1 Icon:&lt;/strong&gt; You can display two main info about event. You can see our demo, we showed “Seats” and “Speaker” as key info. This option is for setting icon for Info 1. You can use Font Awesome or Ionicons. But we recommend to use Ionicons. Just go to their site ( &lt;a href=&quot;https://ionicons.com/&quot;&gt;Ionicons&lt;/a&gt; ). Click on your desired icon and copy the icon class name. Then paste that class name here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Info 1 Title:&lt;/strong&gt; Write title for info 1.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Info 1 Desc:&lt;/strong&gt; Write a short description of Info 1.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Info 2 Icon:&lt;/strong&gt; Same as Info 1 Icon.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Info 2 Title:&lt;/strong&gt; Same as Info 1 Title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Info 2 Desc:&lt;/strong&gt; Same as Info 1 Desc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Date?:&lt;/strong&gt; Show or Hide event date under countdown.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Sponsor:&lt;/strong&gt; Upload title sponsor’s logo from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sponsor Link:&lt;/strong&gt; Set the title sponsor’s website link where someone will go when he/she click on sponsor’s logo.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Extra class name:&lt;/strong&gt; You can write extra CSS class name here. You will need it if you want to customize event info with your own css.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/eventInfo2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Event Info Simplified&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It is almost same as “Event Info” with simple and different style.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/eventInfoSimplified.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/eventInfo2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Speaker&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can display speaker with this element. Before that you have to add speaker in &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Speakers -&amp;gt; Add New&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/speaker.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-speaker-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order:&lt;/strong&gt; Set order for displaying speaker.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By:&lt;/strong&gt; Set order by parameter.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Total Number:&lt;/strong&gt; Set total number to display.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/speaker2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Keynote Speaker&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Same as &lt;strong&gt;Speaker&lt;/strong&gt; above. But display only keynote speakers you selected while creating speaker.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/keynodeSpeaker.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Masonary Gallery&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can create a masonary gallery easily with this element.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/masonaryGallery.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-masonary-gallery-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ID:&lt;/strong&gt; Unique ID for gallery. It is required and automatically generated when you insert it. But if you clone this element from another then change the ID.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Gallery Images:&lt;/strong&gt; Upload images for gallery.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-masonary-gallery-3.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Conf Button&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Display button in two different styles.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/confButton.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-button-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text:&lt;/strong&gt; Write button text/label here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link:&lt;/strong&gt; Insert link for button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Style:&lt;/strong&gt; Select button style. Available two options: Primary and Bordered Style.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alignment:&lt;/strong&gt; Set alignment of button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Extra class name:&lt;/strong&gt; You can write extra CSS class name here. You will need it if you want to customize button with your own css.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/confButton2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Social Share&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can enable or disable to appear social share icon on the front-end with this element.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/socialShare.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/socialShare2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/socialShare3.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Conf Tab&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Display eventia's tab with icon in tab title.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/confTable.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-tab-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ID:&lt;/strong&gt; Unique ID for tab. It is required and automatically generated when you insert it. But if you clone this element from another then change the ID.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon:&lt;/strong&gt; Select icon from icon picker for tab title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title:&lt;/strong&gt; Write tab title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content:&lt;/strong&gt; Write tab content.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Icon, Title and Content are repeatable field. You can click “+” sign and insert more item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/confTab2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Conf Pricing&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Create pricing table easily with this element.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/confPricing.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-pricing-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title:&lt;/strong&gt; Write title of pricing table.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Currency Type:&lt;/strong&gt; Write currency type. Like $, € etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price:&lt;/strong&gt; Write price.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price Button:&lt;/strong&gt; Write button text/label.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price Link:&lt;/strong&gt; Insert button link.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select featured Option:&lt;/strong&gt; Set this pricing table featured or not.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text:&lt;/strong&gt; This field is repeatable. You can write as many text you want for pricing table.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-pricing-3.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Conf Map&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can display a stylish map with this element. You will need map API key for using this map. Insert your API key here &lt;strong&gt;Dashboard -&amp;gt; Eventia Options -&amp;gt; General -&amp;gt; Google Map API Key&lt;/strong&gt;. Get the API key from &lt;a href=&quot;https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/javascript/get-api-key&quot;&gt;Google Maps JavaScript API&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/confMap.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-map-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-map-3.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title:&lt;/strong&gt; Write a title for Address box of map.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Description:&lt;/strong&gt; Write some description here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Place Name:&lt;/strong&gt; Write your place name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Address:&lt;/strong&gt; Write the address here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Direction Link:&lt;/strong&gt; Insert the get direction link. It’s kind of tricky. Go to google map, search your place. Then click on Get Direction button. And copy the url from address bar. Paste it here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lat:&lt;/strong&gt; Write latitude of the address to show in map.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lng:&lt;/strong&gt; Write longitude of the address to show in map.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Zoom:&lt;/strong&gt; Set zoom value of google map. Write 1 - 20 but 14 is ideal.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Address Box:&lt;/strong&gt; Show or hide address box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Map Height:&lt;/strong&gt; Set map height. Default is 400px.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-map-4.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Event Brite&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Embed Event Brite event in your site with this element. Just insert event ID. You are done. How do you get event ID? Let’s say, this is your event url: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.eventbrite.com/e/eventia-wordpress-theme-tickets-31478791914&quot;&gt;https://www.eventbrite.com/e/eventia-wordpress-theme-tickets-31478791914&lt;/a&gt; =&amp;gt; ID is 31478791914. Just paste this ID in “Insert ID of event at eventbrite.com” field.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/eventBrite.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-event-brite-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-event-brite-3.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Partner Block&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Insert partner/sponsor with logo and some description.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/partnerBlock.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-partner-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo:&lt;/strong&gt; Upload partner’s logo.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Name:&lt;/strong&gt; Write partner’s name.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content:&lt;/strong&gt; Write some short description about partner.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Extra class name:&lt;/strong&gt; You can write extra CSS class name here. You will need it if you want to customize this with your own css.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/partnerBlock2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Schedule&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Insert schedule in any page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/schedule.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-schedule-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order:&lt;/strong&gt; Set order for displaying schedule.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By:&lt;/strong&gt; Set order by parameter.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Total Number:&lt;/strong&gt; Set total number to display.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/schedule2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recent Posts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Display recent post with thumbnail in vertical style.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/recentPost.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-recent-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order:&lt;/strong&gt; Set order for displaying schedule.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By:&lt;/strong&gt; Set order by parameter.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Total Number:&lt;/strong&gt; Set total number to display.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/recentPost2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Blog Posts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Display recent post with thumbnail in horizontal style.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/blogpost.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/eventia/eventia-element-blog-2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order:&lt;/strong&gt; Set order for displaying schedule.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By:&lt;/strong&gt; Set order by parameter.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Total Number:&lt;/strong&gt; Set total number to display.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance: &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/conf/blogpost2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<category term="WordPress Themes" />
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<title>Agencia</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia"/>
		<published>2017-04-04T12:22:41+06:00</published>
		<updated>2017-04-04T12:22:41+06:00</updated>
		<id>https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia</id>
		<author>
			<name>Parvez Akther</name>
			<email>parvez@themexpert.com</email>
		</author>
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Agencia is a &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com//docs/wordpress-themes/valley&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;WordPress theme&lt;/a&gt; based on small as well as big business agency and portfolio websites. Absolutely SEO friendly, responsive in different screen sizes. Its stunning layout is able to catch visitor's attention, therefore, can make a first impression for sure.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Stunning Layout Design&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Plenty of Homepage Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Meaningful Decoration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Well Documentation&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Friendly&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;RTL Supports&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Unlimited Customizability&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dedicated Supports&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;600+ Google fonts&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic Navigation Menu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Onepager&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag and Drop Page builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social Sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Social Commenting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run Agencia smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to Agencia &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/wordpress-themes/agencia&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; page on our website&lt;strong&gt;www.themexpert.com&lt;/strong&gt; then download the &lt;strong&gt;tx_agencia.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot; title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install Valley theme on your server. Its quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply Agencia theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;tx_agencia.zip&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the &lt;em&gt;tx_agencia.zip&lt;/em&gt; file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Activate Required Plugin&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There is only one plugin required for Agencia theme to work properly. That is-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;OnePager: One Page Builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select OnePager&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot; title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatical plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot; title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;No required to import demo data as you'll find it previously imported by default. You just need to install the theme package correctly, and you are done with importing demo data as well.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Homepage Setup&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In a &lt;strong&gt;OnePager&lt;/strong&gt; theme, it is absolutely easy to setup homepage. All you need to do is given below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Create two new pages. Give a page name (ex. Home, Blog) on the empty text box and don't forget to select &lt;strong&gt;OnePager&lt;/strong&gt; from the template drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/homepage1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose &lt;strong&gt;Home&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/homepage2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go back to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt; and click on the &lt;strong&gt;Home&lt;/strong&gt; page to open its edit mode.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select one of the templates from the &lt;strong&gt;Preset Templates&lt;/strong&gt; area and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/homepage3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Homepage Variation&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As we told earlier, there are multiple color variations in this theme's homepage, don't think its a tedious procedure to change your homepage primary color layout according to those existing presets. There are seven color variations in agencia theme and Its just a click to change a homepage color style and apply another one. To do so-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt; and click on your Home page to appear its customization mode.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, from the &lt;strong&gt;Preset Templates&lt;/strong&gt; area, select your favorite.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/home1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the setting and you are done absolutely.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/home2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating Menu&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;First, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on create a new menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/menu1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Give a menu name and click on &lt;strong&gt;Create Menu&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/menu2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Don't forget to select this menu as a Primary menu as pointed on the screenshot below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/menu7.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, visit your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/menu3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Enable OnePage Editor&lt;/strong&gt; at the top of the screen.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/menu4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the top-left second &lt;strong&gt;Menu&lt;/strong&gt; option and select your just created menu on the &lt;strong&gt;Menu Position&lt;/strong&gt; drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/menu9.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, all the pages will appear one below one. You just need to click &lt;strong&gt;Add To Menu&lt;/strong&gt; and that page will be added to your primary menu, and you can see the output instantly. Add your preferred pages to make your custom menu and finally click on the close button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/menu10.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Modify a Section&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Enable Onepage Editor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the section that you want to make a change (ex. About).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; icon to open the customization module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/modify1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can change on the fly. Just make any change and observe changes instantly.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/modify2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From &lt;strong&gt;Settings&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Styles&lt;/strong&gt; tab, you can change an additional bunch of options according to your need. Finally, click on the tick button from the top of the module to save the settings like this and close it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/modify3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about &lt;strong&gt;OnePager Customization&lt;/strong&gt;, watch the video below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Agencia is a &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com//docs/wordpress-themes/valley&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;WordPress theme&lt;/a&gt; based on small as well as big business agency and portfolio websites. Absolutely SEO friendly, responsive in different screen sizes. Its stunning layout is able to catch visitor's attention, therefore, can make a first impression for sure.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Stunning Layout Design&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Plenty of Homepage Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Meaningful Decoration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Well Documentation&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Friendly&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;RTL Supports&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Unlimited Customizability&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dedicated Supports&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;600+ Google fonts&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic Navigation Menu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Onepager&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag and Drop Page builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social Sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Social Commenting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run Agencia smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to Agencia &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/wordpress-themes/agencia&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; page on our website&lt;strong&gt;www.themexpert.com&lt;/strong&gt; then download the &lt;strong&gt;tx_agencia.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot; title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install Valley theme on your server. Its quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply Agencia theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;tx_agencia.zip&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the &lt;em&gt;tx_agencia.zip&lt;/em&gt; file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Activate Required Plugin&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There is only one plugin required for Agencia theme to work properly. That is-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;OnePager: One Page Builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select OnePager&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot; title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatical plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot; title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;No required to import demo data as you'll find it previously imported by default. You just need to install the theme package correctly, and you are done with importing demo data as well.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Homepage Setup&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In a &lt;strong&gt;OnePager&lt;/strong&gt; theme, it is absolutely easy to setup homepage. All you need to do is given below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Create two new pages. Give a page name (ex. Home, Blog) on the empty text box and don't forget to select &lt;strong&gt;OnePager&lt;/strong&gt; from the template drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/homepage1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose &lt;strong&gt;Home&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/homepage2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go back to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt; and click on the &lt;strong&gt;Home&lt;/strong&gt; page to open its edit mode.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select one of the templates from the &lt;strong&gt;Preset Templates&lt;/strong&gt; area and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/homepage3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Homepage Variation&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As we told earlier, there are multiple color variations in this theme's homepage, don't think its a tedious procedure to change your homepage primary color layout according to those existing presets. There are seven color variations in agencia theme and Its just a click to change a homepage color style and apply another one. To do so-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt; and click on your Home page to appear its customization mode.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, from the &lt;strong&gt;Preset Templates&lt;/strong&gt; area, select your favorite.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/home1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the setting and you are done absolutely.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/home2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating Menu&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;First, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on create a new menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/menu1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Give a menu name and click on &lt;strong&gt;Create Menu&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/menu2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Don't forget to select this menu as a Primary menu as pointed on the screenshot below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/menu7.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, visit your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/menu3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Enable OnePage Editor&lt;/strong&gt; at the top of the screen.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/menu4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the top-left second &lt;strong&gt;Menu&lt;/strong&gt; option and select your just created menu on the &lt;strong&gt;Menu Position&lt;/strong&gt; drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/menu9.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, all the pages will appear one below one. You just need to click &lt;strong&gt;Add To Menu&lt;/strong&gt; and that page will be added to your primary menu, and you can see the output instantly. Add your preferred pages to make your custom menu and finally click on the close button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/menu10.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Modify a Section&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Enable Onepage Editor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the section that you want to make a change (ex. About).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; icon to open the customization module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/modify1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can change on the fly. Just make any change and observe changes instantly.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/modify2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From &lt;strong&gt;Settings&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Styles&lt;/strong&gt; tab, you can change an additional bunch of options according to your need. Finally, click on the tick button from the top of the module to save the settings like this and close it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/agencia/modify3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Agencia&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about &lt;strong&gt;OnePager Customization&lt;/strong&gt;, watch the video below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<category term="WordPress Themes" />
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<title>Crystal</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal"/>
		<published>2017-03-31T16:24:19+06:00</published>
		<updated>2017-03-31T16:24:19+06:00</updated>
		<id>https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal</id>
		<author>
			<name>Parvez Akther</name>
			<email>parvez@themexpert.com</email>
		</author>
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Crystal is a business based WordPress theme with a stunning layout that is able to catch its visitor's attention at first sight. Its completely SEO optimized, fast loading capability, and responsive as well. Its magnificent smooth slider animations make it a step ahead trendy. It can be the perfect suite for your small business or startup website.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/crystal.png&quot; alt=&quot;Crystal&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multi-Purpose usability&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Hi-Speed Performance&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Powerful Admin Panel&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Friendly&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Easy Customizability&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Meta Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Font Awesome Icon Integration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;600+ Google fonts&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic Navigation Menu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Custom Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social Sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Social Commenting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Plenty of widgets&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Collapsing Effect&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Demo Content&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Google Street View&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Enrich Documentation&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run Crystal smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to Crystal &lt;a href=&quot;https://themesgrove.com/themes/crystal/&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; page on &lt;strong&gt;www.themesgrove.com&lt;/strong&gt; then download the &lt;strong&gt;CrystalPackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file. In this &lt;strong&gt;.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file, you have everything you need.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot; title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install the Crystal theme on your server. Its quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply Crystal theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;crystal.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of Crystal theme. So, before getting started with the installing process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire crystal.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the crystal.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are four plugins, required for Crystal theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Crystal Core: theme core functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Site Origin: combine pages with flexible grid and shortcodes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Max Mega Menu: For Creating Megamenu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Meta Slider: For amazing sliders.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Contact Form 7&lt;/strong&gt; (optional). We recommend this for the contact form.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all those four required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here:  &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot; title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatical plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot; title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to `Tools&amp;gt; Import.'&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select the &lt;strong&gt;WordPress&lt;/strong&gt; from the list. It can be found at the bottom of the list of plugins, normally.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Install the WordPress Importer plugin, if you haven't installed it yet.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After being installed, click on &lt;strong&gt;Run Importer&lt;/strong&gt; to open the module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It allows you to select the demo data file from your local drive and upload into your server.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, click on &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt;. Once you click on it, it prompts up a screen, allowing you to select the demo data file from your local drive.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose the &lt;strong&gt;crystal-content-demo.xml&lt;/strong&gt; file and click &lt;em&gt;Upload file and import&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Demo data files can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Demo&lt;/strong&gt; folder after you extract the theme package and the path should be &lt;code&gt;/Demo/crystal-demo-data.xml&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;On the second screen, set up an author and don't forget to check the &lt;strong&gt;Download and import file attachments&lt;/strong&gt;. After making sure it is checked in, click on &lt;em&gt;Submit&lt;/em&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can also import widget setting via this widget &lt;a href=&quot;https://wordpress.org/plugins/widget-settings-importexport/&quot;&gt;Importer Plugin&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Widget setting file can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Demo&lt;/strong&gt; folder after you extract the theme package and the path should be &lt;code&gt;/Demo/widget_data.jason&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Settings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can differently customize theme according to your need using Easy Customization feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Crystal Customizer&lt;/strong&gt; at left-bottom corner of the module screen to open up &lt;em&gt;Theme Setting&lt;/em&gt; panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;General&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/general.png&quot; alt=&quot;General Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Breadcrumb&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you the control over enabling or disabling &lt;em&gt;breadcrumb&lt;/em&gt; for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add 404 Page&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to add a 404 page for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : You can upload a logo for your branding.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pre-loader Enable/ Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable pre-loader.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Preloader Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a background color for the preloader. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/header.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Search Button&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable header search button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Top&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable header top option.
&lt;strong&gt;Top Contact Details&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Location&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your location here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Contact&lt;/strong&gt; : Enter your contact number here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Email&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your email address here.
&lt;strong&gt;Top Social Link&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Facebook&lt;/strong&gt; : Enter your Facebook profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Twitter&lt;/strong&gt; : Enter your Twitter profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Google Plus&lt;/strong&gt; : Enter your Google Plus profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;LinkedIn&lt;/strong&gt; : Enter your LinkedInprofile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pinterest&lt;/strong&gt; : Enter your Pinterest profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Theme Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/theme.png&quot; alt=&quot;Theme Style&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Theme Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose theme primary color.
&lt;strong&gt;Menu Link Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Transform&lt;/strong&gt; : Select menu text transform from the drop-down box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a regular default color from the color picker option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for hover effect.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select active link color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover &amp;amp; Active Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color that you want to apply as hover as well active background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Top Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select header top background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select header background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select body background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select body text color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select footer background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Logo Widget Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for logo widget background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose copyright text background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose copyright text color.
&lt;strong&gt;Footer Link Color&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Widgets Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose footer widgets title color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a regular default color from the color picker option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for hover effect.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Active&lt;/strong&gt; : Select active link color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Typography&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/typography.png&quot; alt=&quot;Typography Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable customize the typography options for your site. To set this option &lt;strong&gt;ON&lt;/strong&gt;, you can find a couple of additional settings to configure typography according to your wants.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Body Font &amp;amp; Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a font and its style for the body.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Header Font &amp;amp; Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a font and its style for the header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H1 - Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a font size for the H1 headers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H2 - Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a font size for the H2 headers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H3 - Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a font size for the H3 headers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H4 - Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a font size for the H4 headers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H5 - Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a font size for the H5 headers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H6 - Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a font size for the H6 headers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a font size for the body.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sidebar&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/sidebar.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Sidebar Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the default sidebar position.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer Options&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/footer.png&quot; alt=&quot;Footer Options&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose footer column style from the preview next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Input your copyright text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Backup&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/backup.png&quot; alt=&quot;Backup Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import and Backup&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to import a backup theme. Just to paste the backed up string on the empty text box and then click this button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import and Download Backup&lt;/strong&gt; : With this button, you can make a backup of your current theme.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose &lt;strong&gt;Home&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/homepage.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.(optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance should be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/crystal2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating a New Menu&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Creating your new custom menu is simple. You need to follow a few simple procedure listed below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/menu1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Create Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Create a new menu&lt;/strong&gt; as pointed on the screenshot below.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/menu2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Create Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Give a menu name on the empty text box and click on &lt;strong&gt;Create Menu&lt;/strong&gt; button next to this.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/menu3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Create Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Pages&lt;/strong&gt; tab to add pages on the just created menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/menu4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Create Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, select the pages you like to combine as a menu and then click on &lt;strong&gt;Add to Menu&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/menu5.png&quot; alt=&quot;Create Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, check mark on &lt;code&gt;Display Location&amp;gt; Primary&lt;/code&gt; and finally &lt;strong&gt;Save Menu&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/menu6.png&quot; alt=&quot;Create Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end should be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/menu.png&quot; alt=&quot;Create Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating Dropdown Menu&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select the main menu and drag the submenu items right below the main menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/dropdown1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Menu&lt;/strong&gt; on the right-bottom side of the module and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/dropdown2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The fron-end appearance should be like below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/dropdown3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Add New Slider Image&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Adding your preferred custom image with &lt;strong&gt;Meta Slider&lt;/strong&gt; is just simple. All you need to do is listed below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Meta Slider&lt;/code&gt; from the left-bottom of the module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/metaSlider1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Meta Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Slider&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/metaSlider2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Meta Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now either select image from media library or upload image your local drive.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/metaSlider3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Meta Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, on &lt;strong&gt;General&lt;/strong&gt; tab area of the just added image, copy and paste the following &lt;code&gt;code&lt;/code&gt; and replace the texts according to the instruction inside the code.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/metaSlider4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Meta Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&quot;slider-caption&quot;&amp;gt;
       &amp;lt;h4&amp;gt;Write the title upper text here&amp;lt;/h4&amp;gt;
       &amp;lt;h1 class=&quot;slider-title&quot;&amp;gt;Write your title here&amp;lt;/h1&amp;gt;
       &amp;lt;p class=&quot;slider-desc&quot;&amp;gt;Write the description text here&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;
       &amp;lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/#&quot; class=&quot;btn btn-slider&quot;&amp;gt;Read More button text&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Finally, Save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/metaSlider5.png&quot; alt=&quot;Meta Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end apperance should be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/metaSlider.png&quot; alt=&quot;Meta Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Crystal is a business based WordPress theme with a stunning layout that is able to catch its visitor's attention at first sight. Its completely SEO optimized, fast loading capability, and responsive as well. Its magnificent smooth slider animations make it a step ahead trendy. It can be the perfect suite for your small business or startup website.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/crystal.png&quot; alt=&quot;Crystal&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multi-Purpose usability&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Hi-Speed Performance&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Powerful Admin Panel&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Friendly&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Easy Customizability&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Meta Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Font Awesome Icon Integration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;600+ Google fonts&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic Navigation Menu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Custom Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social Sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Social Commenting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Plenty of widgets&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Collapsing Effect&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Demo Content&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Google Street View&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Enrich Documentation&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run Crystal smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to Crystal &lt;a href=&quot;https://themesgrove.com/themes/crystal/&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; page on &lt;strong&gt;www.themesgrove.com&lt;/strong&gt; then download the &lt;strong&gt;CrystalPackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file. In this &lt;strong&gt;.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file, you have everything you need.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot; title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install the Crystal theme on your server. Its quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply Crystal theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;crystal.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of Crystal theme. So, before getting started with the installing process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire crystal.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the crystal.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are four plugins, required for Crystal theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Crystal Core: theme core functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Site Origin: combine pages with flexible grid and shortcodes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Max Mega Menu: For Creating Megamenu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Meta Slider: For amazing sliders.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Contact Form 7&lt;/strong&gt; (optional). We recommend this for the contact form.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all those four required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here:  &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot; title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatical plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot; title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to `Tools&amp;gt; Import.'&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select the &lt;strong&gt;WordPress&lt;/strong&gt; from the list. It can be found at the bottom of the list of plugins, normally.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Install the WordPress Importer plugin, if you haven't installed it yet.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After being installed, click on &lt;strong&gt;Run Importer&lt;/strong&gt; to open the module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It allows you to select the demo data file from your local drive and upload into your server.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, click on &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt;. Once you click on it, it prompts up a screen, allowing you to select the demo data file from your local drive.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose the &lt;strong&gt;crystal-content-demo.xml&lt;/strong&gt; file and click &lt;em&gt;Upload file and import&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Demo data files can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Demo&lt;/strong&gt; folder after you extract the theme package and the path should be &lt;code&gt;/Demo/crystal-demo-data.xml&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;On the second screen, set up an author and don't forget to check the &lt;strong&gt;Download and import file attachments&lt;/strong&gt;. After making sure it is checked in, click on &lt;em&gt;Submit&lt;/em&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can also import widget setting via this widget &lt;a href=&quot;https://wordpress.org/plugins/widget-settings-importexport/&quot;&gt;Importer Plugin&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Widget setting file can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Demo&lt;/strong&gt; folder after you extract the theme package and the path should be &lt;code&gt;/Demo/widget_data.jason&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Settings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can differently customize theme according to your need using Easy Customization feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Crystal Customizer&lt;/strong&gt; at left-bottom corner of the module screen to open up &lt;em&gt;Theme Setting&lt;/em&gt; panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;General&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/general.png&quot; alt=&quot;General Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Breadcrumb&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you the control over enabling or disabling &lt;em&gt;breadcrumb&lt;/em&gt; for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Add 404 Page&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to add a 404 page for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : You can upload a logo for your branding.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pre-loader Enable/ Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable pre-loader.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Preloader Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a background color for the preloader. &lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/header.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Search Button&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable header search button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Top&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable header top option.
&lt;strong&gt;Top Contact Details&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Location&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your location here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Contact&lt;/strong&gt; : Enter your contact number here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Email&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your email address here.
&lt;strong&gt;Top Social Link&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Facebook&lt;/strong&gt; : Enter your Facebook profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Twitter&lt;/strong&gt; : Enter your Twitter profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Google Plus&lt;/strong&gt; : Enter your Google Plus profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;LinkedIn&lt;/strong&gt; : Enter your LinkedInprofile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pinterest&lt;/strong&gt; : Enter your Pinterest profile link here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Theme Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/theme.png&quot; alt=&quot;Theme Style&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Theme Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose theme primary color.
&lt;strong&gt;Menu Link Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Transform&lt;/strong&gt; : Select menu text transform from the drop-down box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a regular default color from the color picker option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for hover effect.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select active link color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover &amp;amp; Active Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color that you want to apply as hover as well active background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Top Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select header top background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select header background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select body background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select body text color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select footer background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Logo Widget Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for logo widget background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose copyright text background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose copyright text color.
&lt;strong&gt;Footer Link Color&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Widgets Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose footer widgets title color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regular&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a regular default color from the color picker option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for hover effect.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Active&lt;/strong&gt; : Select active link color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Typography&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/typography.png&quot; alt=&quot;Typography Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable customize the typography options for your site. To set this option &lt;strong&gt;ON&lt;/strong&gt;, you can find a couple of additional settings to configure typography according to your wants.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Body Font &amp;amp; Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a font and its style for the body.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Header Font &amp;amp; Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a font and its style for the header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H1 - Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a font size for the H1 headers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H2 - Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a font size for the H2 headers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H3 - Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a font size for the H3 headers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H4 - Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a font size for the H4 headers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H5 - Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a font size for the H5 headers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H6 - Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a font size for the H6 headers.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a font size for the body.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sidebar&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/sidebar.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Sidebar Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the default sidebar position.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer Options&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/footer.png&quot; alt=&quot;Footer Options&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to choose footer column style from the preview next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Input your copyright text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Backup&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/backup.png&quot; alt=&quot;Backup Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import and Backup&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to import a backup theme. Just to paste the backed up string on the empty text box and then click this button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import and Download Backup&lt;/strong&gt; : With this button, you can make a backup of your current theme.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose &lt;strong&gt;Home&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/homepage.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.(optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Front-end appearance should be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/crystal2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating a New Menu&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Creating your new custom menu is simple. You need to follow a few simple procedure listed below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/menu1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Create Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Create a new menu&lt;/strong&gt; as pointed on the screenshot below.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/menu2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Create Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Give a menu name on the empty text box and click on &lt;strong&gt;Create Menu&lt;/strong&gt; button next to this.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/menu3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Create Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Pages&lt;/strong&gt; tab to add pages on the just created menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/menu4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Create Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, select the pages you like to combine as a menu and then click on &lt;strong&gt;Add to Menu&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/menu5.png&quot; alt=&quot;Create Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, check mark on &lt;code&gt;Display Location&amp;gt; Primary&lt;/code&gt; and finally &lt;strong&gt;Save Menu&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/menu6.png&quot; alt=&quot;Create Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end should be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/menu.png&quot; alt=&quot;Create Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating Dropdown Menu&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select the main menu and drag the submenu items right below the main menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/dropdown1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Menu&lt;/strong&gt; on the right-bottom side of the module and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/dropdown2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The fron-end appearance should be like below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/dropdown3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Add New Slider Image&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Adding your preferred custom image with &lt;strong&gt;Meta Slider&lt;/strong&gt; is just simple. All you need to do is listed below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Meta Slider&lt;/code&gt; from the left-bottom of the module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/metaSlider1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Meta Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Slider&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/metaSlider2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Meta Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now either select image from media library or upload image your local drive.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/metaSlider3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Meta Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, on &lt;strong&gt;General&lt;/strong&gt; tab area of the just added image, copy and paste the following &lt;code&gt;code&lt;/code&gt; and replace the texts according to the instruction inside the code.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/metaSlider4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Meta Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&quot;slider-caption&quot;&amp;gt;
       &amp;lt;h4&amp;gt;Write the title upper text here&amp;lt;/h4&amp;gt;
       &amp;lt;h1 class=&quot;slider-title&quot;&amp;gt;Write your title here&amp;lt;/h1&amp;gt;
       &amp;lt;p class=&quot;slider-desc&quot;&amp;gt;Write the description text here&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;
       &amp;lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/#&quot; class=&quot;btn btn-slider&quot;&amp;gt;Read More button text&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Finally, Save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/metaSlider5.png&quot; alt=&quot;Meta Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end apperance should be like below.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/crystal/metaSlider.png&quot; alt=&quot;Meta Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<category term="WordPress Themes" />
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<title>Gamez</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez"/>
		<published>2017-03-15T13:36:55+06:00</published>
		<updated>2017-03-15T13:36:55+06:00</updated>
		<id>https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez</id>
		<author>
			<name>Parvez Akther</name>
			<email>parvez@themexpert.com</email>
		</author>
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gamez is one of our most trendy Gaming &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com//docs/wordpress-themes/arsim&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;WordPress theme&lt;/a&gt; with huge gorgeous homepage variations that can surely make your site more attractive than ever before. Drag and Drop page builder makes your tasks easier.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;One Click Demo Import&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Stunning Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Attractive Home Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Huge Built-in Pages&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Optimized&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;RTL Supports&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic Navigation Menu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Collapsing Transaction&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social Sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Social Commenting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Revolution Slider and Carousel&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Best fit for Gaming and Movie site&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag and Drop page builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Color Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Sticky Headers&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Eye-catching Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run Gamez smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to Gamez &lt;a href=&quot;https://themeforest.net/item/gamez-games-movie-music-review-and-editorial-wordpress-theme/16875996?s_rank=1&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; page on &lt;strong&gt;www.themeforest.net&lt;/strong&gt; then download the &lt;strong&gt;GamezPackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file. In this &lt;strong&gt;.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file, you have everything you need.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot; title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install Gamez theme on your server. Its quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply Gamez theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;gamez.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of Gamez theme. So, before getting started with the installing process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire gamez.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the gamez.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are four plugins, required for Gamez theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Gamez Core: theme core functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Visual Composer: combine pages with flexible grid and shortcodes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WooCommerce: For selling Posters, Game Characters, T-Shirt etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Slider Revolution: For amazing sliders.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Contact Form 7&lt;/strong&gt; (optional). We recommend this for the contact form.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Before activating those plugins, you have to install them manually. To do so,&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Install Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select those required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From the drop-down menu, select &lt;strong&gt;Install&lt;/strong&gt; and click on Apply.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After plugins installation been completed, to activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all those four required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot; title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatical plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot; title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Gamez Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/game-demo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Import Demo Data&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You'll find two previews on the screen.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; button right-bottom of the &lt;strong&gt;Gamez&lt;/strong&gt; preview.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;em&gt;Yes, Import&lt;/em&gt; to confirm importing and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Moviez Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/movie-demo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Import Demo Data&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You'll find two previews on the screen.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; button right-bottom of the &lt;strong&gt;Moviez&lt;/strong&gt; preview.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;em&gt;Yes, Import&lt;/em&gt; to confirm importing and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data Manually&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can import demo data manually with the following procedures.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Tools&amp;gt; Import&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select the &lt;strong&gt;WordPress&lt;/strong&gt; from the list. It can be found at the bottom of the list of plugins, normally.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Install the WordPress Importer plugin, if you haven't installed it yet.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After being installed, click on &lt;strong&gt;Run Importer&lt;/strong&gt; to open the module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It allows you to select the demo data file from your local drive and upload into your server.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, click on &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt;. Once you click on it, it prompts up a screen, allowing you to select the demo data file from your local drive.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose the &lt;strong&gt;content-gamez.xml&lt;/strong&gt; file for configuring &lt;em&gt;Gaming&lt;/em&gt; site and &lt;strong&gt;content-moviez.xml&lt;/strong&gt; for configuring movie site, then click &lt;em&gt;Upload file and import&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Demo data files can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Demo&lt;/strong&gt; folder after you extract the theme package.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;On the second screen, set up an author and don't forget to check the &lt;strong&gt;Download and import file attachments&lt;/strong&gt;. After making sure it is checked in, click on &lt;em&gt;Submit&lt;/em&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can also import widget setting via this widget &lt;a href=&quot;https://wordpress.org/plugins/widget-settings-importexport/&quot;&gt;Importer Plugin&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Widget setting file can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Demo&lt;/strong&gt; folder after you extract the theme package and the path should be &lt;code&gt;/Demo/widget.wie&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Settings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can differently customize theme according to your need using Easy Customization feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Gamez&lt;/strong&gt; at left-bottom corner of the module screen to open up &lt;em&gt;Theme Setting&lt;/em&gt; panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;General Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/general.png&quot; alt=&quot;General Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Theme Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color preview to be applied as the theme's primary color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your site logo for branding.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Nicescroll?&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable the nice scrolling feature.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader?&lt;/strong&gt; : You can enable preloader with this feature.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Breadcrumb?&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you the control over enabling or disabling &lt;em&gt;breadcrumb&lt;/em&gt; for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Icons&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable social icon appearing on your site. Enable this option first, then empty text boxes will appear next to corresponding social site label. You just need to provide your individual social profile link on the specific text box and you are done configuring the social icon for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/header.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Header Variation&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the header variation from the right side preview.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sticky Menu&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable sticky menu for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Review Header Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload header background image for review list page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Video Gallery Header Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload header background image for video gallery list page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search Page Header Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload header background image for the search page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Buddypress Header Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload header background image for BuddyPress activity page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Theme Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/theme.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Style&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Style&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this option, allows you to huge customize over theme styling.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set header primary color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Link Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set header Link color including Regular color, Hover color, and Active color as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set Menu color including Regular color, Hover color, and Active color as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Top Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set Top Menu color including Regular color, Hover color, and Active color as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set a primary color for the body.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Link Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set Body Link color including Regular color, Hover color and Active color as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set footer primary color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Link Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set Footer Link Color including Regular color, Hover color and Active color as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Those above seven settings can be found only if you enable the &lt;strong&gt;Custom Style&lt;/strong&gt; feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Write custom CSS code here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom JS&lt;/strong&gt; : Write custom JS code here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Typography Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/typography.png&quot; alt=&quot;Typography Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : This option allows you to use thousands of google fonts in different sections in your site. First, enable this to get the customization settings to appear.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Header Font and Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to select a font style and font type for the header section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select BodyFont and Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to select a font style for the body.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select FooterFont and Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to select a font style and font type for the footer section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H1 Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a font size for the H1 texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H2 Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a font size for the H2 texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H3 Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a font size for the H3 texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H4 Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a font size for the H4 texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H5 Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a font size for the H5 texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H6 Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a font size for the H6 texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;P Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a font size for the Paragraph texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Layout Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/layout.png&quot; alt=&quot;Typography Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Shop Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Select number of columns to show in your site's shop module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Page Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload an background image for the 404 page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sidebar Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/sidebar.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Blog Sidebar Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the default sidebar position for the blog. You can either choose &lt;em&gt;Left&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Right&lt;/em&gt; position from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Shop Sidebar Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the default sidebar position for the shop. You can either choose &lt;em&gt;Left&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Right&lt;/em&gt; position from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you don't wanna show the sidebar on blog or shop, select &lt;strong&gt;No&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Permalink Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/permalink.png&quot; alt=&quot;Permalink Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Permalink&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this feature allows you to customize &lt;em&gt;permalink&lt;/em&gt; according to your needs.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Type&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Course Post Type&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Notice Board Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Notice Board Post Type&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Teachers Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Teachers Post Type&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Testimonial Post Type&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Taxonomy&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Category Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Course Category Taxonomy&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Notice Board Category Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Notice Board Category Taxonomy&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Name Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Course Name Taxonomy&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After you generate your own preferred custom slug, its &lt;strong&gt;IMPORTANT&lt;/strong&gt; to go to &lt;code&gt;Settings&lt;/code&gt; module from the left sidebar and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button in the bottom-left corner.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer Option&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/footer.png&quot; alt=&quot;Footer Options&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns you need in your site footer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Variation&lt;/strong&gt; : Select footer variation from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : You can upload footer logo with this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a footer background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your copyright text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ThemeXpert Credit&lt;/strong&gt; : Keep it enabled if you want to give us credit. You can disable this option either.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Backup Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/backup.png&quot; alt=&quot;Backup Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import and Backup&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to import a backup theme. Just to paste the backed up string on the empty text box and then click this button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import and Download Backup&lt;/strong&gt; : With this button, you can make a backup of your current theme.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Gamez Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose &lt;strong&gt;Home&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/arsim/home.png&quot; alt=&quot;Gamez Homepage&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.(optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Moviez Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose &lt;strong&gt;Moviez&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/moviez1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Moviez Homepage&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.(optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating Pages&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&amp;gt; Click Add New button&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Give a page title on the &lt;strong&gt;Add New Page&lt;/strong&gt; text box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/academia/page1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Add New Page&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Publish&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/academia/page2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Add New Page&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If everything is done ok then you can find those created pages on &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/page.png&quot; alt=&quot;Add New Page&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now, you can create &lt;strong&gt;Menu&lt;/strong&gt; and assign those pages in different menus.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating Dropdown Menu&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select the main menu and drag the submenu items right below the main menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/dropdown1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Menu&lt;/strong&gt; on the right-bottom side of the module and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/dropdown2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Add a Gamez Review&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add a new gamez review, you just simply follow a couple of steps, listed below;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Game Reviews&amp;gt; Add New&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Write the game title on the very first empty text box of the module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can customize the permalink if you want with the &lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; option next to the permalink.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/review1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Add a new Review&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Write your review texts on the content are. You can also add images to the content section with the &lt;strong&gt;Add Media&lt;/strong&gt; button just above the content section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At the bottom of the module, you will find to add game information.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/review2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Add a new Review&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Selecting the &lt;strong&gt;header&lt;/strong&gt; tab, you can add a cover image as well as pop-up video link for your review.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Selecting the &lt;strong&gt;Basic info&lt;/strong&gt; tab, you can add Release date, Developer and Publisher information.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can add detail information, selecting the &lt;strong&gt;Deals&lt;/strong&gt; tab like &lt;em&gt;Site&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Price&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Currency&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Game Link&lt;/em&gt;, and etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Selecting the &lt;strong&gt;verdict&lt;/strong&gt; tab, you can add rating info of the game,
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Selecting the &lt;strong&gt;Image&lt;/strong&gt; as well as &lt;strong&gt;video&lt;/strong&gt;tab, you can add an image as well as video gallery on the particular section for the review.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can add a featured image with the &lt;strong&gt;Featured Image&lt;/strong&gt; option and can select genres with the &lt;strong&gt;Genres&lt;/strong&gt; option on the right side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Add a Moviez Review&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add a new moviez review, similarly like adding a new gamez review, you need to follow a couple of steps listed below;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Movie Reviews&amp;gt; Add New&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Write the movie title on the very first empty text box of the module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can customize the permalink if you want with the &lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; option next to the permalink.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/review3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Add a new Review&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Write your review texts on the content are. You can also add images to the content section with the &lt;strong&gt;Add Media&lt;/strong&gt; button just above the content section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At the bottom of the module, you will find to add game information.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/review4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Add a new Review&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Selecting the &lt;strong&gt;header&lt;/strong&gt; tab, you can add a cover image as well as pop-up video link for your review.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Selecting the &lt;strong&gt;Basic info&lt;/strong&gt; tab, you can add Release date, Developer and Publisher information.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can add detail information, selecting the &lt;strong&gt;Deals&lt;/strong&gt; tab like &lt;em&gt;Site&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Price&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Currency&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Game Link&lt;/em&gt;, and etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Selecting the &lt;strong&gt;verdict&lt;/strong&gt; tab, you can add rating info of the game,
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Selecting the &lt;strong&gt;Image&lt;/strong&gt; as well as &lt;strong&gt;video&lt;/strong&gt;tab, you can add an image as well as video gallery on the particular section for the review.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can add a featured image with the &lt;strong&gt;Featured Image&lt;/strong&gt; option and can select genres with the &lt;strong&gt;Genres&lt;/strong&gt; option on the right side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Elements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor Page Builder&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor page builder is the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts, custom post type etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Create a New Page with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/article/317-create-new-page&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introducing with Elements&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/article/369-build-your-first-page&quot;&gt;How to use Elements with Elementor for WordPress - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;Gamez Elements&lt;/em&gt; theme can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Gamez Elements&lt;/strong&gt; under Elementor editor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Gamez Elements&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/elements.png&quot; alt=&quot;Gamez Elements&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recent Posts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Recent Posts&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Just drag and drop to add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez Elements&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Recent Posts&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Recent Posts Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Display post in either Ascending or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Display Recent Posts in order by Title, Date, Name or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of posts you want to show on this module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Able to change the layour from there.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recent Posts By Category&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Display post in either Ascending or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Display Recent Posts in order by Title, Date, Name or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category&lt;/strong&gt; : Can choose category from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of posts you want to show on this module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Ajax Video Tab&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Video Shows&lt;/strong&gt; : Display the video items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tad Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the tab style from here.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Reviews&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Can select the layout(default, popular, trending).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt; : 2 style added with this element(Carousel, Grid).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Display post in either Ascending or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Display Recent Posts in order by Title, Date, Name or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of posts you want to show on this module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Reviews By Category&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category&lt;/strong&gt; : Can select the category.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt; : 2 style added with this element(Carousel, Grid).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Display post in either Ascending or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Display Recent Posts in order by Title, Date, Name or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of posts you want to show on this module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Products&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Products Shows&lt;/strong&gt; : Display product items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Carousel Shows&lt;/strong&gt; : Display carousel of product.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Best Selling Products&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Heading&lt;/strong&gt; : Can write any kind heading.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;No of product&lt;/strong&gt; : Display number of product.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Featured Products&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Featured Product&lt;/strong&gt; : Can select any feature product from here.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Section Title&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/heading-details.png&quot; alt=&quot;Section Title&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Any icon can set from from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Can change title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;HTML Tag&lt;/strong&gt; : Select HTML tag from here&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recent Reviews&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/veiws-recent.png&quot; alt=&quot;Recent Reviews&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt; : 2 style added with this element(Carousel, Grid).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Display post in either Ascending or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Display Recent Posts in order by Title, Date, Name or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of posts you want to show on this module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Review Category&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/review-category.png&quot; alt=&quot;Review Categories&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Showing here your review categories, whcih you can set on the side bar.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Review Rating&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/review-rating.png&quot; alt=&quot;Review Rating&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Showing review rating, whcih you can set on the side bar.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recommend Review&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/recommend-review.png&quot; alt=&quot;Recommend Review&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Display post in either Ascending or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Display Recent Posts in order by Title, Date, Name or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of posts you want to show on this module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Visual Composer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Visual Composer is the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Visual Composer, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can add an element on a page in two different ways. Either you can use just the simple shortcode on the content area of that page or you can add element manually. You will have plenty of default elements to add or you can add our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; theme from the &lt;strong&gt;Gamez&lt;/strong&gt; tab.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/shortCode.png&quot; alt=&quot;Elements&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1UwqVB9VTrU&quot; title=&quot;Getting Started with Visual Composer&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Visual Composer - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cloning Elements&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dn5TqabaBMk&quot; title=&quot;Clone Elements with Visual Composer&quot;&gt;How to Clone Elements with Visual Composer for WordPress - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rows &amp;amp; Columns&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dtAAx_r9oLM&quot; title=&quot;Rows and Columns&quot;&gt;How to Add Row and Column with Visual Composer for WordPress - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Create &amp;amp; Re-use Templates&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=waZqhu8tlo4&quot; title=&quot;Use Templates in Visual Composer&quot;&gt;How to Use Templates in Visual Composer&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DGR7ywFIYS0&quot; title=&quot;Save Separate Row or Section as a Template&quot;&gt;How to save separate Row or Section as a Template&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; theme can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Gamez&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Visual Composer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recent Posts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/recentPosts1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Recent Posts&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Recent Posts&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Recent Posts&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Recent Posts Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Display post in either Ascending or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Display Recent Posts in order by Title, Date, Name or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of posts you want to show on this module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Able to change the layour from there.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recent Posts By Category&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/recentPostsByCategory1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Recent Posts By Category&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Recent Posts By Category&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Recent Posts By Category&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Recent Posts Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/recentPostsByCategory2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Recent Posts By Category&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Display post in either Ascending or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Display Recent Posts in order by Title, Date, Name or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of posts you want to show on this module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Able to change the layour from there.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Ajax Video Tab&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/ajaxVideo1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ajax Video Tab&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Ajax Video Tab&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Ajax Video Tab&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ajax Video Tab Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/ajaxVideo2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ajax Video Tab&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Video List to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many videos you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Style Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose tab style type. You can either select &lt;em&gt;Vertical&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Horizontal&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Horizontal Style&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Vertical Style&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/ajaxVideo3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ajax Video Tab&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Reviews&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/reviews1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Reviews&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Reviews&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Reviews&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Reviews Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/reviews2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Reviews&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a style from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Display reviews in either Ascending or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Display reviews in order by Title, Date, Name or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Number of the item you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Popular Reviews&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/popularReviews1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Popular Reviews&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Popular Reviews&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Popular Reviews&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Popular Reviews Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/popularReviews2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Popular Reviews&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a style from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Number of items you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Trading Reviews&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/trendingReviews1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Treding Reviews&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Trading Reviews&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Trading Reviews&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Treding Reviews Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/trendingReviews2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Treding Reviews&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a style from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Number of items you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Reviews By Category&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/reviewsByCategory1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Reviews By Category&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Reviews By Category&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Reviews By Category&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Recent Posts Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/reviewsByCategory2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Reviews By Category&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the posts category.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a style from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Display post in either Ascending or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Display Recent Posts in order by Title, Date, Name or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of posts you want to show on this module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Featured Product&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/featuredProduct1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Featured Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Featured Product&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Featured Product&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Featured Product Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/featuredProduct2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Featured Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Featured Product&lt;/strong&gt; : Select featured product from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recent Product&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/recentProduct1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Recent Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Recent Product&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Recent Product&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Recent Product Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/recentProduct2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Recent Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Write Section Heading&lt;/strong&gt; : Write a heading text for the section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Product&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of products to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Best Selling Product&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/bestSellingProduct1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Best Selling Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Best Selling Product&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Best Selling Product&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Best Selling Product Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/bestSellingProduct2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Best Selling Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Write Section Heading&lt;/strong&gt; : Write a heading text for the section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Product&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of products to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Section Title&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/sectionTitle1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Section Title&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/sectionTitle2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Section Title&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;General&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an icon for the section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write a title text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tag&lt;/strong&gt; : Set &lt;em&gt;tag&lt;/em&gt; here. You can put multiple tags on a single item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the selected icon.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for texts used in the section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Design Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a border color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a border style from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Define a border radius from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a background color. You can set a background image either, from the &lt;strong&gt;+&lt;/strong&gt; button and also can define the image type from the drop-down menu just below this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Control&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to either select &lt;em&gt;simplify controls&lt;/em&gt; or not.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below if everything was just according to the instruction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/sectionTitle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Section Title&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Helpers&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gamez has a few helper classes. Those can be used frequently in any div, sections in your site just by defining the class. Classes are listed below;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;color-white&lt;/code&gt; for white text color.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;See our other &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com//docs/wordpress-themes/eventas&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Joomla Template&lt;/a&gt; with detailed documentation.&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gamez is one of our most trendy Gaming &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com//docs/wordpress-themes/arsim&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;WordPress theme&lt;/a&gt; with huge gorgeous homepage variations that can surely make your site more attractive than ever before. Drag and Drop page builder makes your tasks easier.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fully Responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast Loading&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;One Click Demo Import&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Stunning Layout&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Attractive Home Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Huge Built-in Pages&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;SEO Optimized&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;RTL Supports&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic Navigation Menu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Smooth Collapsing Transaction&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social Sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple Social Commenting&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Revolution Slider and Carousel&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Best fit for Gaming and Movie site&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag and Drop page builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Color Variations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Sticky Headers&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Eye-catching Slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run Gamez smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to Gamez &lt;a href=&quot;https://themeforest.net/item/gamez-games-movie-music-review-and-editorial-wordpress-theme/16875996?s_rank=1&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;download&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; page on &lt;strong&gt;www.themeforest.net&lt;/strong&gt; then download the &lt;strong&gt;GamezPackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file. In this &lt;strong&gt;.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file, you have everything you need.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot; title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install Gamez theme on your server. Its quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply Gamez theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;gamez.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of Gamez theme. So, before getting started with the installing process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire gamez.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the gamez.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Active Required Plugins&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are four plugins, required for Gamez theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Gamez Core: theme core functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Visual Composer: combine pages with flexible grid and shortcodes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WooCommerce: For selling Posters, Game Characters, T-Shirt etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Slider Revolution: For amazing sliders.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Contact Form 7&lt;/strong&gt; (optional). We recommend this for the contact form.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Before activating those plugins, you have to install them manually. To do so,&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Install Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select those required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From the drop-down menu, select &lt;strong&gt;Install&lt;/strong&gt; and click on Apply.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After plugins installation been completed, to activate those required plugins, simply go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select all those four required plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use the search module to find the desired plugins. The search box can be found on the right-top side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu just above the list of plugins.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click to the &lt;strong&gt;Apply&lt;/strong&gt; button next to the drop-down box and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about the installation process of plugins, visit here: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Managing_Plugins#Installing_Plugins&quot; title=&quot;Installing Plugins&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If there is any problem with automatical plugin installation, install them manually. You can find plugin bundle in your theme's &lt;code&gt;/lib/plugins&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory. WooCommerce and Contact Form 7 can be found in WordPress plugins repository, install them through &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Plugins_Screen&quot; title=&quot;Plugins Screen&quot;&gt;Plugins Screen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Gamez Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/game-demo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Import Demo Data&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You'll find two previews on the screen.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; button right-bottom of the &lt;strong&gt;Gamez&lt;/strong&gt; preview.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;em&gt;Yes, Import&lt;/em&gt; to confirm importing and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Moviez Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Import Demo Data&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/movie-demo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Import Demo Data&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You'll find two previews on the screen.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; button right-bottom of the &lt;strong&gt;Moviez&lt;/strong&gt; preview.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;em&gt;Yes, Import&lt;/em&gt; to confirm importing and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data Manually&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can import demo data manually with the following procedures.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Tools&amp;gt; Import&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select the &lt;strong&gt;WordPress&lt;/strong&gt; from the list. It can be found at the bottom of the list of plugins, normally.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Install the WordPress Importer plugin, if you haven't installed it yet.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After being installed, click on &lt;strong&gt;Run Importer&lt;/strong&gt; to open the module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It allows you to select the demo data file from your local drive and upload into your server.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, click on &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt;. Once you click on it, it prompts up a screen, allowing you to select the demo data file from your local drive.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose the &lt;strong&gt;content-gamez.xml&lt;/strong&gt; file for configuring &lt;em&gt;Gaming&lt;/em&gt; site and &lt;strong&gt;content-moviez.xml&lt;/strong&gt; for configuring movie site, then click &lt;em&gt;Upload file and import&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Demo data files can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Demo&lt;/strong&gt; folder after you extract the theme package.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;On the second screen, set up an author and don't forget to check the &lt;strong&gt;Download and import file attachments&lt;/strong&gt;. After making sure it is checked in, click on &lt;em&gt;Submit&lt;/em&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can also import widget setting via this widget &lt;a href=&quot;https://wordpress.org/plugins/widget-settings-importexport/&quot;&gt;Importer Plugin&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Widget setting file can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Demo&lt;/strong&gt; folder after you extract the theme package and the path should be &lt;code&gt;/Demo/widget.wie&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Settings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can differently customize theme according to your need using Easy Customization feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Gamez&lt;/strong&gt; at left-bottom corner of the module screen to open up &lt;em&gt;Theme Setting&lt;/em&gt; panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;General Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/general.png&quot; alt=&quot;General Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Theme Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color preview to be applied as the theme's primary color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your site logo for branding.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Nicescroll?&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable the nice scrolling feature.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Preloader?&lt;/strong&gt; : You can enable preloader with this feature.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Breadcrumb?&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you the control over enabling or disabling &lt;em&gt;breadcrumb&lt;/em&gt; for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Social Icons&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable social icon appearing on your site. Enable this option first, then empty text boxes will appear next to corresponding social site label. You just need to provide your individual social profile link on the specific text box and you are done configuring the social icon for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/header.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Header Variation&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the header variation from the right side preview.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sticky Menu&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable sticky menu for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Review Header Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload header background image for review list page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Video Gallery Header Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload header background image for video gallery list page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search Page Header Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload header background image for the search page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Buddypress Header Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload header background image for BuddyPress activity page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Theme Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/theme.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Style&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Style&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this option, allows you to huge customize over theme styling.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set header primary color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Link Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set header Link color including Regular color, Hover color, and Active color as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set Menu color including Regular color, Hover color, and Active color as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Top Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set Top Menu color including Regular color, Hover color, and Active color as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set a primary color for the body.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Link Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set Body Link color including Regular color, Hover color and Active color as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set footer primary color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Link Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows your to set Footer Link Color including Regular color, Hover color and Active color as well.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Those above seven settings can be found only if you enable the &lt;strong&gt;Custom Style&lt;/strong&gt; feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : Write custom CSS code here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom JS&lt;/strong&gt; : Write custom JS code here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Typography Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/typography.png&quot; alt=&quot;Typography Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : This option allows you to use thousands of google fonts in different sections in your site. First, enable this to get the customization settings to appear.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Header Font and Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to select a font style and font type for the header section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select BodyFont and Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to select a font style for the body.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select FooterFont and Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to select a font style and font type for the footer section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H1 Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a font size for the H1 texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H2 Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a font size for the H2 texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H3 Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a font size for the H3 texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H4 Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a font size for the H4 texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H5 Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a font size for the H5 texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;H6 Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a font size for the H6 texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;P Font Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a font size for the Paragraph texts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Layout Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/layout.png&quot; alt=&quot;Typography Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Shop Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Select number of columns to show in your site's shop module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Page Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload an background image for the 404 page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sidebar Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/sidebar.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Blog Sidebar Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the default sidebar position for the blog. You can either choose &lt;em&gt;Left&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Right&lt;/em&gt; position from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Shop Sidebar Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the default sidebar position for the shop. You can either choose &lt;em&gt;Left&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Right&lt;/em&gt; position from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you don't wanna show the sidebar on blog or shop, select &lt;strong&gt;No&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop-down menu.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Permalink Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/permalink.png&quot; alt=&quot;Permalink Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Permalink&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable this feature allows you to customize &lt;em&gt;permalink&lt;/em&gt; according to your needs.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Type&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Course Post Type&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Notice Board Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Notice Board Post Type&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Teachers Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Teachers Post Type&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Testimonial Post Type&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Taxonomy&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Category Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Course Category Taxonomy&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Notice Board Category Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Notice Board Category Taxonomy&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Name Slug&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your desired custom slug for the &lt;em&gt;Course Name Taxonomy&lt;/em&gt; in the empty text box next to this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After you generate your own preferred custom slug, its &lt;strong&gt;IMPORTANT&lt;/strong&gt; to go to &lt;code&gt;Settings&lt;/code&gt; module from the left sidebar and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button in the bottom-left corner.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer Option&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/footer.png&quot; alt=&quot;Footer Options&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of columns you need in your site footer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Variation&lt;/strong&gt; : Select footer variation from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : You can upload footer logo with this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a footer background color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your copyright text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ThemeXpert Credit&lt;/strong&gt; : Keep it enabled if you want to give us credit. You can disable this option either.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Backup Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/backup.png&quot; alt=&quot;Backup Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import and Backup&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to import a backup theme. Just to paste the backed up string on the empty text box and then click this button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import and Download Backup&lt;/strong&gt; : With this button, you can make a backup of your current theme.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Gamez Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose &lt;strong&gt;Home&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/arsim/home.png&quot; alt=&quot;Gamez Homepage&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.(optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Moviez Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose &lt;strong&gt;Moviez&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/moviez1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Moviez Homepage&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.(optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating Pages&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&amp;gt; Click Add New button&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Give a page title on the &lt;strong&gt;Add New Page&lt;/strong&gt; text box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/academia/page1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Add New Page&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Publish&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/academia/page2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Add New Page&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If everything is done ok then you can find those created pages on &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/page.png&quot; alt=&quot;Add New Page&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now, you can create &lt;strong&gt;Menu&lt;/strong&gt; and assign those pages in different menus.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Creating Dropdown Menu&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select the main menu and drag the submenu items right below the main menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/dropdown1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Menu&lt;/strong&gt; on the right-bottom side of the module and you are done.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/dropdown2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dropdown Menu&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Add a Gamez Review&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add a new gamez review, you just simply follow a couple of steps, listed below;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Game Reviews&amp;gt; Add New&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Write the game title on the very first empty text box of the module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can customize the permalink if you want with the &lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; option next to the permalink.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/review1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Add a new Review&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Write your review texts on the content are. You can also add images to the content section with the &lt;strong&gt;Add Media&lt;/strong&gt; button just above the content section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At the bottom of the module, you will find to add game information.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/review2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Add a new Review&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Selecting the &lt;strong&gt;header&lt;/strong&gt; tab, you can add a cover image as well as pop-up video link for your review.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Selecting the &lt;strong&gt;Basic info&lt;/strong&gt; tab, you can add Release date, Developer and Publisher information.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can add detail information, selecting the &lt;strong&gt;Deals&lt;/strong&gt; tab like &lt;em&gt;Site&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Price&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Currency&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Game Link&lt;/em&gt;, and etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Selecting the &lt;strong&gt;verdict&lt;/strong&gt; tab, you can add rating info of the game,
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Selecting the &lt;strong&gt;Image&lt;/strong&gt; as well as &lt;strong&gt;video&lt;/strong&gt;tab, you can add an image as well as video gallery on the particular section for the review.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can add a featured image with the &lt;strong&gt;Featured Image&lt;/strong&gt; option and can select genres with the &lt;strong&gt;Genres&lt;/strong&gt; option on the right side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Add a Moviez Review&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add a new moviez review, similarly like adding a new gamez review, you need to follow a couple of steps listed below;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Movie Reviews&amp;gt; Add New&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Write the movie title on the very first empty text box of the module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can customize the permalink if you want with the &lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; option next to the permalink.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/review3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Add a new Review&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Write your review texts on the content are. You can also add images to the content section with the &lt;strong&gt;Add Media&lt;/strong&gt; button just above the content section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At the bottom of the module, you will find to add game information.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/review4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Add a new Review&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Selecting the &lt;strong&gt;header&lt;/strong&gt; tab, you can add a cover image as well as pop-up video link for your review.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Selecting the &lt;strong&gt;Basic info&lt;/strong&gt; tab, you can add Release date, Developer and Publisher information.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can add detail information, selecting the &lt;strong&gt;Deals&lt;/strong&gt; tab like &lt;em&gt;Site&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Price&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Currency&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Game Link&lt;/em&gt;, and etc.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Selecting the &lt;strong&gt;verdict&lt;/strong&gt; tab, you can add rating info of the game,
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Selecting the &lt;strong&gt;Image&lt;/strong&gt; as well as &lt;strong&gt;video&lt;/strong&gt;tab, you can add an image as well as video gallery on the particular section for the review.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can add a featured image with the &lt;strong&gt;Featured Image&lt;/strong&gt; option and can select genres with the &lt;strong&gt;Genres&lt;/strong&gt; option on the right side of the module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Elements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor Page Builder&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor page builder is the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts, custom post type etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Create a New Page with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/article/317-create-new-page&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introducing with Elements&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/article/369-build-your-first-page&quot;&gt;How to use Elements with Elementor for WordPress - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;Gamez Elements&lt;/em&gt; theme can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Gamez Elements&lt;/strong&gt; under Elementor editor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Gamez Elements&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/elements.png&quot; alt=&quot;Gamez Elements&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recent Posts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Recent Posts&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Just drag and drop to add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez Elements&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Recent Posts&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Recent Posts Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Display post in either Ascending or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Display Recent Posts in order by Title, Date, Name or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of posts you want to show on this module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Able to change the layour from there.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recent Posts By Category&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Display post in either Ascending or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Display Recent Posts in order by Title, Date, Name or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category&lt;/strong&gt; : Can choose category from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of posts you want to show on this module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Ajax Video Tab&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Video Shows&lt;/strong&gt; : Display the video items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tad Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the tab style from here.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Reviews&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Can select the layout(default, popular, trending).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt; : 2 style added with this element(Carousel, Grid).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Display post in either Ascending or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Display Recent Posts in order by Title, Date, Name or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of posts you want to show on this module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Reviews By Category&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category&lt;/strong&gt; : Can select the category.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt; : 2 style added with this element(Carousel, Grid).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Display post in either Ascending or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Display Recent Posts in order by Title, Date, Name or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of posts you want to show on this module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Products&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Products Shows&lt;/strong&gt; : Display product items.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Carousel Shows&lt;/strong&gt; : Display carousel of product.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Best Selling Products&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Heading&lt;/strong&gt; : Can write any kind heading.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;No of product&lt;/strong&gt; : Display number of product.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Featured Products&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Featured Product&lt;/strong&gt; : Can select any feature product from here.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Section Title&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/heading-details.png&quot; alt=&quot;Section Title&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Any icon can set from from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Can change title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;HTML Tag&lt;/strong&gt; : Select HTML tag from here&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recent Reviews&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/veiws-recent.png&quot; alt=&quot;Recent Reviews&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt; : 2 style added with this element(Carousel, Grid).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Display post in either Ascending or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Display Recent Posts in order by Title, Date, Name or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of posts you want to show on this module.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Review Category&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/review-category.png&quot; alt=&quot;Review Categories&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Showing here your review categories, whcih you can set on the side bar.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Review Rating&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/review-rating.png&quot; alt=&quot;Review Rating&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Showing review rating, whcih you can set on the side bar.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recommend Review&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/recommend-review.png&quot; alt=&quot;Recommend Review&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Display post in either Ascending or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Display Recent Posts in order by Title, Date, Name or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of posts you want to show on this module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Visual Composer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Visual Composer is the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Visual Composer, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can add an element on a page in two different ways. Either you can use just the simple shortcode on the content area of that page or you can add element manually. You will have plenty of default elements to add or you can add our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; theme from the &lt;strong&gt;Gamez&lt;/strong&gt; tab.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/shortCode.png&quot; alt=&quot;Elements&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1UwqVB9VTrU&quot; title=&quot;Getting Started with Visual Composer&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Visual Composer - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cloning Elements&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dn5TqabaBMk&quot; title=&quot;Clone Elements with Visual Composer&quot;&gt;How to Clone Elements with Visual Composer for WordPress - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rows &amp;amp; Columns&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dtAAx_r9oLM&quot; title=&quot;Rows and Columns&quot;&gt;How to Add Row and Column with Visual Composer for WordPress - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Create &amp;amp; Re-use Templates&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=waZqhu8tlo4&quot; title=&quot;Use Templates in Visual Composer&quot;&gt;How to Use Templates in Visual Composer&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DGR7ywFIYS0&quot; title=&quot;Save Separate Row or Section as a Template&quot;&gt;How to save separate Row or Section as a Template&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; theme can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Gamez&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Visual Composer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recent Posts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/recentPosts1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Recent Posts&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Recent Posts&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Recent Posts&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Recent Posts Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Display post in either Ascending or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Display Recent Posts in order by Title, Date, Name or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of posts you want to show on this module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Able to change the layour from there.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recent Posts By Category&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/recentPostsByCategory1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Recent Posts By Category&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Recent Posts By Category&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Recent Posts By Category&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Recent Posts Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/recentPostsByCategory2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Recent Posts By Category&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Display post in either Ascending or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Display Recent Posts in order by Title, Date, Name or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of posts you want to show on this module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Able to change the layour from there.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Ajax Video Tab&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/ajaxVideo1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ajax Video Tab&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Ajax Video Tab&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Ajax Video Tab&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ajax Video Tab Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/ajaxVideo2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ajax Video Tab&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Video List to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many videos you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Style Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose tab style type. You can either select &lt;em&gt;Vertical&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Horizontal&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Horizontal Style&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Vertical Style&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/ajaxVideo3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ajax Video Tab&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Reviews&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/reviews1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Reviews&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Reviews&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Reviews&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Reviews Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/reviews2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Reviews&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a style from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Display reviews in either Ascending or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Display reviews in order by Title, Date, Name or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Number of the item you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Popular Reviews&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/popularReviews1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Popular Reviews&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Popular Reviews&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Popular Reviews&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Popular Reviews Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/popularReviews2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Popular Reviews&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a style from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Number of items you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Trading Reviews&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/trendingReviews1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Treding Reviews&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Trading Reviews&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Trading Reviews&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Treding Reviews Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/trendingReviews2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Treding Reviews&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a style from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Number of items you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Reviews By Category&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/reviewsByCategory1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Reviews By Category&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Reviews By Category&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Reviews By Category&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Recent Posts Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/reviewsByCategory2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Reviews By Category&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the posts category.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a style from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Display post in either Ascending or Descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Display Recent Posts in order by Title, Date, Name or Random.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Post Item&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of posts you want to show on this module.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Featured Product&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/featuredProduct1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Featured Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Featured Product&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Featured Product&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Featured Product Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/featuredProduct2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Featured Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Featured Product&lt;/strong&gt; : Select featured product from the drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Recent Product&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/recentProduct1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Recent Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Recent Product&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Recent Product&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Recent Product Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/recentProduct2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Recent Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Write Section Heading&lt;/strong&gt; : Write a heading text for the section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Product&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of products to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Best Selling Product&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/bestSellingProduct1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Best Selling Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Best Selling Product&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Best Selling Product&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Best Selling Product Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/bestSellingProduct2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Best Selling Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Write Section Heading&lt;/strong&gt; : Write a heading text for the section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Product&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of products to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Section Title&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/sectionTitle1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Section Title&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Manual Process&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Visual Composer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Add Elements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Gamez&lt;/em&gt; tab, click on the element named &lt;strong&gt;Section Title&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Configure the settings module according to your preferences and then&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section Title Settings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/sectionTitle2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Section Title&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;General&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon&lt;/strong&gt; : Select an icon for the section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Write a title text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tag&lt;/strong&gt; : Set &lt;em&gt;tag&lt;/em&gt; here. You can put multiple tags on a single item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the selected icon.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for texts used in the section.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Design Options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a border color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a border style from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Define a border radius from the drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Set a background color. You can set a background image either, from the &lt;strong&gt;+&lt;/strong&gt; button and also can define the image type from the drop-down menu just below this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Control&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to either select &lt;em&gt;simplify controls&lt;/em&gt; or not.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The front-end appearance would be like below if everything was just according to the instruction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/gamez/sectionTitle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Section Title&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Helpers&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gamez has a few helper classes. Those can be used frequently in any div, sections in your site just by defining the class. Classes are listed below;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;color-white&lt;/code&gt; for white text color.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;See our other &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com//docs/wordpress-themes/eventas&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Joomla Template&lt;/a&gt; with detailed documentation.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<category term="WordPress Themes" />
	</entry>
</feed>
